S-1 1 d447171ds1.htm S-1 S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 18, 2017.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Delaware

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation)

 

7373

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

33-0885351

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(877) 438-2724

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Steve Cooper

Chief Executive Officer

One Stop Systems, Inc.

2235 Enterprise Street #110

Escondido, California 92029

(877) 438-2724

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

Dennis J. Doucette, Esq.

John P. Cleary, Esq.

Christopher L. Tinen, Esq.

Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP

12544 High Bluff Drive, Suite 300

San Diego, California 92130

(858) 720-6322

 

Michael Raymond, Esq.

Bradley J. Wyatt, Esq.

Dickinson Wright PLLC

2600 W. Big Beaver Rd., Suite 300

Troy, Michigan 48084

(248) 433-7273

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:  ☐


Table of Contents

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer:  ☐      Accelerated filer:  ☐
Non-accelerated filer     ☐   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  ☒
     Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
     Amount of
Registration Fee
 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

   $ 23,000,000      $ 2,863.50  

Underwriters’ Warrants to Purchase Common Stock(3)

     -        -  

Common Stock Underlying Underwriters’ Warrants, $0.0001 par value per share (4)

   $ 2,000,000      $ 249.00  

Total registration fee

   $ 25,000,000      $ 3,112.50  

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
(2) Pursuant to Rule 416, the securities being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issuable to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions.
(3) In accordance with Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act, because the shares of the registrant’s common stock underlying the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby, no separate registration fee is required with respect to the warrants registered hereby.
(4) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. The initial issuance of the Underwriters’ Warrants and resales of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants are registered hereby. See “Underwriting — Underwriters’ Warrants.”

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                     , 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

LOGO

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Shares of Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of securities of One Stop Systems, Inc. We are offering to sell            shares of our common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

We have also agreed to issue Underwriters’ Warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares) to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock underlying the Underwriters’ Warrants. However, we may receive proceeds upon the cash exercise of the Underwriters’ Warrants.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our securities. The initial public offering price is $            per share. We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS”.

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws, and as such, we have elected to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary – Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an additional            shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the forty-five (45) day period from the date of this prospectus.

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                       $                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

   $      $  

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $      $  

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Delivery of the shares will be made on or about                 , 2017, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

Roth Capital Partners

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Core expertise high-speed signaling high-density packaging low-latency software flash storage array custom servers storage management software GPU computer accelerators PCIE expansion

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     7  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     9  

RISK FACTORS

     12  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     30  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     31  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     31  

CAPITALIZATION

     32  

DILUTION

     34  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     36  

BUSINESS

     58  

MANAGEMENT

     77  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     83  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     96  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     98  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     101  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     106  

UNDERWRITING

     109  

LEGAL MATTERS

     115  

EXPERTS

     115  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     115  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

 

For investors outside the United States: we or the underwriters have not done anything that would permit a public offering of the shares of our common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

One Stop Systems, the One Stop Systems logo, and other trademarks or service marks of One Stop Systems appearing in this prospectus are the property of One Stop Systems, Inc. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision in our common stock. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” “OSS,” “One Stop,” and “One Stop Systems” refer to One Stop Systems, Inc.

Our Company

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) designs and manufactures high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications that require fast processing and storage of large information data sets. These applications include artificial intelligence (“AI”), machine learning, seismic exploration, security and defense. Drawing upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing custom systems for original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), our systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid-state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies.

We first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecom customers in 1998 and have always strived to be a leading innovator in our space. When PCI Express (“PCIe”) – the main component-to-component interconnect used in all computers today – was introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, OSS was the first manufacturer to design and produce PCIe box-to-box interconnection products. Today, we believe we have grown to become one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. When GPU technology and flash-based SSD were first introduced to the market, we began designing systems that maximized the power of these technologies. We now produce computer systems with large numbers of GPU cards and SSDs that allow progressively faster processing capabilities. The more GPUs and flash storage available to a server, the faster it can process, store and retrieve data, resulting in time savings and lower cost in running applications. Military video imaging applications are a prime example of mission-critical use of this technology where the ability to quickly and accurately identify battlefield parameters is paramount. We leverage strong relationships with our market-leading customers and suppliers to position ourselves at the forefront of these industries.

We design, assemble and supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe and systems that have servers included. These systems can be clustered together to create powerful “massive computing” engines that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate large 100% SSD storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading companies like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital, and Broadcom. We are investing in new market segments adjacent to our core product lines, including development of HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued growth in our target markets, and believe we can increase market share through technology leadership, engineering expertise, supply chain management and product innovation.

Industry Background

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 4.3%, according to Intersect 360 Research. We believe we are uniquely positioned as a leading provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

HPC applications require significant computing capabilities to analyze large amounts of data quickly, and store and retrieve that data as necessary. Companies, financial institutions, governmental agencies and academic institutions are increasingly turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data, and more quickly gain meaningful and actionable insights. Two key technologies, GPUs and SSDs, enable our systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing significant quantities of these components, companies can process large volumes of data much more quickly and efficiently.

While traditionally used to drive display applications, today’s advanced GPUs have developed more powerful capabilities for non-graphical data processing beyond that of typical CPUs (central processing units) that power computer motherboards. In fact, the capabilities and speed of GPU-accelerated computers are now driving significant advances in AI and machine learning. Vast amounts of data are being collected by internet searches, cameras, sensors and other data generating activities and GPUs can more quickly process sophisticated algorithms that can analyze this “Big Data” and reveal unique patterns that lead to new insights and knowledge.

AI and machine learning have begun to transform businesses worldwide, as these advances in computing speed and power come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems. Until recently, many of these algorithms would take weeks or months to produce results. In many cases, the necessary computing capabilities were so expensive, and required so much space and power, they were infeasible. This is where OSS comes in. By accelerating the state-of-the-art in terms of computing performance, high density (less space) and power efficiency, OSS enables HPC applications to produce results in minutes versus hours or days versus months. In this way, OSS is enabling new data-intensive applications and computational solutions that were previously considered impractical or impossible.

Our Core Strengths and Solutions

Over nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competencies across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in our leading-edge engineering capabilities, the proprietary know-how contained in our extensive library of designs, and brand equity from our reputation as a high quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across an array of markets. Our strengths lie in three core areas: high-speed system interconnect design, high-density system design, and storage management software.

High-Speed System Interconnect Design

Members of our technical team are experts in high-speed digital signaling design, particularly regarding PCIe and nvlink signaling. We specialize in the design and production of state-of-the-art systems that incorporate the latest high-speed signaling techniques. Our expertise includes circuit design and circuit board layout and routing optimizations, with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity.

In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple circuit boards, connectors and cables, with sufficient signal quality for the receiver to reliably recognize digital signal transitions occurring at 8 billion times per second. However, this is a continually advancing area of technology, and OSS has demonstrated the ability to keep up with the treadmill of technology over several generations of signaling speeds. In fact, we have consistently been among a handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. We delivered the industry’s first PCIe-over-cable solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3, and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4.

In HPC systems, the “need for speed” is constantly driving signaling speeds higher and higher. Our next generation of products that include PCIe Gen 4 and nvlink 2.0 will involve signaling of 16 billion and 20 billion transitions per second, respectively. A diminishing set of companies have the capabilities to design and produce

 



 

2


Table of Contents

robust, highly reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain at the forefront of this growing and ever-evolving industry.

High-Density System Design

In addition to signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and proprietary know-how in high-density HPC system design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems that consume less space, weight and power than ever before possible. For multiple reasons, this high-density capability has played a role in our customer design wins.

For military applications, smaller size, weight and power (known as SWaP) is critical in many battlefield systems. One of our more significant recent design wins was for a military aircraft where our solid state storage solution replaced a hard-to-remove, 165-pound system with a seven-pound removable module. For solutions contained within data centers, density also plays a significant role. For an equivalent amount of compute power, the OSS solution provided a ten times (10x) reduction in both rack space and power consumption. Economically, this is very compelling, since the cost of data center space and electrical power over the life of the product often exceeds the cost of the computer hardware.

Storage Management Software

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license for SSD array software known as “Ion” from Western Digital. In connection with the transaction, OSS acquired the software engineering teams that developed the software, with the intent that OSS provide ongoing support to existing Western Digital customers and new releases of the software. This new software team provides OSS with proven expertise that can support the development of SSD storage arrays with exceptional performance, density, reliability and mobility. We expect to leverage this capability with our existing products and services over time.

The Ion software provides an interface to a standard server so it can easily read and write data from an array of SSDs. Two key features set Ion apart from other storage system software products: its optimization for low-latency, which means an SSD array can return data to the requesting server much more rapidly than those relying upon other types of server software, and Ion’s support for removable and hot-swappable SSD modules that contain multiple SSDs. This feature is essential to applications that require removable and expandable data storage that spans multiple SSDs.

Having an established storage software and in-house software engineering allows OSS to easily produce semi-custom product variations as well as add new features and capabilities to its product portfolio. Future product features may include data encryption, de-duplication and compression, as well as other capabilities requested by our customers.

Our Opportunity

OSS has positioned itself as a technology leader in several key emerging areas of HPC. These include GPU computing, SSD storage arrays and cloud services. These areas are growing rapidly, and each has enormous potential given how they are replacing older technologies in very large markets.

OSS has significant design libraries, expertise and a customer-first approach that enable us to win OEM design and manufacturing business. Since each OEM design win generates revenue streams for 3-5 years (and potentially longer for military systems), the business tends to layer new revenue growth with each win. OSS also has a track record of successful strategic mergers and acquisitions, and such future activity could further enhance our growth through the same layering concept.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

We believe strong, profitable growth is key to providing increasing shareholder value. We see three key elements driving our growth and profitable outlook. First, many of our existing OEM and military program design-wins are in the early stages of production and we expect them to ramp up significantly. Second, our technology leadership and increasing market presence has supported an increase in design-win opportunities. Third, an enhanced acquisition capability (due to the additional funding and enhanced liquidity for our stock provided by the initial public offering) will enable us to complete more significant strategic acquisitions that enhance and complement our core strategic capabilities and current growth rate. We will continue to look for opportunities that can be accretive and enhance our overall position.

Awards and Industry Recognition

Since inception, OSS has been the recipient of numerous awards and industry rankings that recognize our rapid growth, innovative technology, customer service, and product excellence.

Recent awards and industry rankings include:

 

    Recognition of Rapid Growth

 

    Inc. 5000 – 2017 Fastest Growing Private Companies in North America: This ranking was based on revenue growth over a three-year period. It was the seventh time OSS was included in this ranking, which places OSS in the top 2% of all Inc. 5000 fastest growing companies.

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Top 100 Fastest Growing Private Companies in San Diego: This listing was based on revenue growth over a two-year period. OSS has been ranked as a SDBJ Fastest Growing Private Company nine times.

 

    Awards for Technology Innovation

 

    Silicon Review – 2017’s 50 Most Valuable Brands of the Year: This award recognizes highly valued products or services in the business and technology marketplace.

 

    Flash Memory Summit – 2016 Best of Show – Most Innovative Flash Memory: This award recognized our flash storage array as the most innovative design shown at the Flash Memory Summit.

 

    Awards and Recognition for Customer and Market Excellence

 

    Raytheon – 2017 Supplier Excellence Award: This award recognized our outstanding innovation, technical achievement, and customer support.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Oil and Gas Technology Solution Providers 2017: This annual listing recognizes companies that are at the forefront of providing technology solutions to the oil and gas industry, and impacting the marketplace.

 

    CIO Review – 20 Most Promising Defense Technology Solution Providers 2016: This award recognized OSS as breaking through the defense landscape by delivering high performance computing in a smaller space.

 

    Awards for Operational Excellence

 

    San Diego Business Journal – 2017 Manufacturing Award in the medium company category

Risks Related to our Business

Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect;

 

    Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance;

 



 

4


Table of Contents
    Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell, and competitive pressures from new and existing companies may harm our business, sales, growth rates, and market share;

 

    Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers;

 

    Our products fulfill specialized needs and functions within the technology industry and such needs or functions may become unnecessary or the characteristics of such needs and functions may shift in such a way as to cause our products to no longer fulfill such needs or functions;

 

    New entrants into the HPC market may harm our competitive position;

 

    We rely on a limited number of suppliers to support our manufacturing and design process;

 

    If we cannot protect our proprietary design rights and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could incur significant expenses to enforce our rights;

 

    Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition; and

 

    If we fail to remedy material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting we may not be able to accurately report our financial results.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding advisory “say-on-pay” votes on executive compensation and stockholder advisory votes on golden parachute compensation.

Under the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more;

 

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering;

 

    the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1 billion in non- convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (we will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non- affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months; the value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter).

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information we provide to our stockholders may differ from information you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B).

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate Information

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company, in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with this offering, we will reincorporate as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock we are offering

            shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

            shares

 

Over-allotment option

The underwriters have an option for a period of 45 days to purchase up to            shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue warrants exercisable within five years after the effective date of this registration statement representing 10% of the securities issued in this offering (excluding the over-allotment shares), or Underwriters’ Warrants, to Roth Capital Partners, LLC. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $            , or approximately $            if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares from us in full, based on the initial public offering price of $            per share. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to pay down debt and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Nasdaq symbol

“OSS”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share) and excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes the following:

 

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock prior to the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share);

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth a summary of our historical financial data as of, and for the periods ended on, the dates indicated. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2017 have been derived from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of the management, the unaudited data reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of results as of and for these periods. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the section in this prospectus entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical results for any prior period are not indicative of our future results, and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 may not be indicative of our results for the year ending December 31, 2017.

 

     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                             2016                             2016                             2015              

Summary Statements of Operations:

        

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683     $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474       13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,198       3,606,209       5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

        

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439       2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328       1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056       1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823       5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386       (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

        

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     8,609       5,862       5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (135,548     (92,826     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440     (367,374     60,379  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108)     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to parent

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

        

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 



 

9


Table of Contents
     For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30,      For the Years Ended December 31,   
                 2017                              2016                              2016                             2015              

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

          
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832        4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832        4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

   $ 0.03         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02         $ (0.02  
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

          

Basic

     8,467,003           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490           7,819,553    
  

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

     As of September 30, 2017  
     Actual      Pro Forma (1)      Pro Forma
As Adjusted (2)(3)
 

Summary Balance Sheet:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584     

Other working capital accounts

     721,792      721,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Working Capital

   $ 1,210,376      $ 1,210,376     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Long-term debt

   $ 546,643      $ 546,643     

Preferred stock

     2,416,527      

Common stock

     2,269,704      4,686,231   

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892      544,892   

Additional Paid in Capital

     1,153,555      1,153,555   

Retained Earnings

     402,099      402,099   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Long-Term Debt and Stockholders’ Equity

   $ 7,333,420      $ 7,333,420     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1) Reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2017 into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock immediately prior to completion of this offering.
(2) Reflects the pro forma adjustment described in footnote (1) above and the sale and issuance of             shares of our common stock by us in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, operating results, and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The market for our products is developing and may not develop as we expect.

The market for our high performance computing (“HPC”) products is developing and may not develop as we expect. The market for cutting-edge, high performance computing products is characterized by rapid advances in technologies. We believe our future success will depend in large part on our ability to develop products, new business initiatives and creating innovative and custom designs for our customers. The growth of server clusters, specialized or high performance applications, and hosted software solutions which require fast and efficient data processing, is crucial to our success. It is difficult to predict the development of the demand for high performance computing, supercomputers, and related hardware solutions, the size and growth rate for this market, the entry of competitive products, or the success of existing competitive products. Any expansion in our market depends on several factors, including the demand, cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our products. If our products are not adopted or there is a reduction in demand for our products caused by a lack of customer acceptance, a slowdown in demand for computational power, an overabundance of unused computational power, technological challenges, competing technologies and products, decreases in corporate spending, weakening economic conditions, or otherwise, it could result in reduced customer orders, early order cancellations, the loss of customers, or decreased sales, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations or our guidance.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may fluctuate significantly in the future, which makes it difficult for us to predict our future operating results. The timing and size of sales of our products are variable and difficult to predict and can result in fluctuations in our net sales from period to period. In addition, our budgeted expense levels depend in part on our expectation of future sales. Any substantial adjustment to expenses to account for lower levels of sales is difficult and takes time, thus we may not be able to reduce our costs sufficiently to compensate for a shortfall in net sales, and even a small shortfall in net sales could disproportionately and adversely affect our operating margin and operating results for a given quarter.

Our operating results may also fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside our control, including the changing and volatile local, national, and international economic environments, any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Besides the other risks in this “Risk Factors” section, factors that may affect our operations include:

 

    fluctuations in demand for our products and services;

 

    the inherent complexity, length, and associated unpredictability of product development windows and product lifecycles;

 

    changes in customers’ budgets for technology purchases and delays in their purchasing cycles;

 

    changing market conditions;

 

12


Table of Contents
    any significant changes in the competitive dynamics of our markets, including new entrants, or further consolidation;

 

    our ability to continue to broaden our customer base beyond our traditional customers;

 

    the timing of product releases or upgrades by us or our competitors; and

 

    our ability to develop, introduce, and ship in a timely manner new products and product enhancements and anticipate future market demands that meet our customers’ requirements.

Each of these factors individually, or the cumulative effect of two or more of these factors, could result in large fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of future performance.

Our products are subject to competition, including competition from the customers to whom we sell.

Servers, computer accelerators, flash storage arrays, PCIe expansion products, and other products that we design, manufacture, and sell or license are subject to competition. The computer hardware and technology fields are well established with limited, and in many cases no, intellectual property and technological barriers to entry. The markets in which we compete are competitive and we expect competition to increase in the future from established competitors and new market entrants. The markets are influenced by, among others, brand awareness and reputation, price, strength and scale of sales and marketing efforts, professional services and customer support, product features, reliability and performance, scalability of products, and breadth of product offerings. Due to the nature of our products, competition occurs at the design, performance, and sales stages. A design or sales win by us does not limit further competition and our customers may purchase competitive products from third parties at any time. This competition could result in increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses and failure to increase, or the loss of, market share, any of which would likely seriously harm our business, operating results or financial condition. From a cost and control perspective, our products are specialized and thus generally cost more than our competitors’ products. If our ability to design specialized solutions is deemed to be on par or of lesser value than competing solutions, we could lose our customers and prospects.

Many of our customers and competitors, often with substantially more resources or larger economies of scale, produce products that are competitive with our products. Many of these third parties mass-produce hardware solutions and have not heavily invested in or allocated resources to the smaller scale specialized products and solutions we design. A decrease in the cost of general mass-produced hardware solutions, which can serve as a substitute for our products, or the entrance of or additional allocation of resources by one of these customers or competitors into the production of specialized systems which compete with our products could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

New entrants and the introduction of other distribution models in our markets may harm our competitive position.

The markets for development, distribution, and sale of our high performance computing solutions are rapidly evolving. New entrants seeking to gain market share by introducing new technology, new products and new server configurations may make it more difficult for us to sell our products and earn design wins which could create increased pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, increased sales and marketing expenses, or the loss of market share or expected market share, any of which may significantly harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Large computer hardware and equipment manufacturers and suppliers have traditionally designed, produced, and sold general purpose servers, and storage arrays and related products and equipment. Our customers supplement

 

13


Table of Contents

these general purpose systems by purchasing our specialized or customized systems or supplemental products which improve the speed, efficiency, or performance of such systems. If the speed, efficiency, or computational power of such general purpose systems increases such that supplemental or specialized products become unnecessary, or the cost of such general purpose systems declines such that it is more cost effective for prospective customers to add general-purpose equipment rather than specialized or supplemental equipment, we could experience a significant decline in demand for the products which may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our products compete with and supplement general purpose servers, storage systems and related equipment. If the producers of general purpose equipment implement proprietary standards, software, interfaces, or other interoperability restrictions, including controls which restrict the equipment’s compatibility with third party systems, we could experience a significant decline in sales because our products would not be interoperable with such systems, resulting in may significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

In our marketplace, general-purpose equipment is traditionally mass-produced and available to order while specialized equipment and custom bulk-order equipment is subject to a bid-based purchase system. If one or more large manufacturers of general or standard servers storage arrays, or related products and equipment provide specialized, customized, or supplementary equipment on a made-to-order or generally available basis, we could be forced to reduce our prices or change our selling model to remain competitive which would significantly harm to our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to manage our growth and expand our operations successfully, our business and operating results will be harmed and our reputation may be damaged.

We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate that further significant expansion will be required to achieve our business objectives. The growth and expansion of our business and product offerings places a continuous and significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources. Any such future growth would also add complexity to and require effective coordination throughout our organization. To manage any future growth effectively, we must continue to improve and expand our information technology and financial infrastructure, our operating and administrative systems and controls, and our ability to manage headcount, capital and processes in an efficient manner. We may not be able to successfully implement improvements to these systems and processes in a timely or efficient manner, which could result in additional operating inefficiencies and could cause our costs to increase more than planned. If we do increase our operating expenses in anticipation of the growth of our business and this growth does not meet our expectations, our operating results may be negatively impacted. If we are unable to manage future expansion, our ability to provide high quality products and services could be harmed, which could damage our reputation and brand and may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

A limited number of customers and devices represent a significant portion of our sales. If we were to lose any of these customers or devices, our sales could decrease significantly.

In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, one customer, disguise (formerly d3), accounted for approximately 29%, and 35% of net sales, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and, as of December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable. In addition, a few products comprise a significant amount of our sales, and the discontinuation, modification, or obsolescence of such products may materially and adversely affect our sales and results of operations. Any loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, these other significant customers or a decrease in the high performance applications that drive the use of our products, or the modification, discontinuation, or obsolescence of a device which constitutes a significant portion of our sales could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

14


Table of Contents

We rely on a limited number of parts suppliers to support our manufacturing and design processes.

We rely on a limited number suppliers to provide us with the necessary devices, parts and systems to allow us to build, design and manufacture our products, and the failure to manage our relationships with these parties successfully could adversely affect our ability to market and sell our products. In the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, two suppliers, Concisys, Inc. and Exact Computers, accounted for approximately 46%, and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Although we do believe we could locate additional suppliers to fulfill our needs, any significant change in our relationship with these suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, and financial condition unless and until we are able to find suitable replacements. We make substantially all of our purchases from our contract suppliers on a purchase order basis. Our suppliers are not required to supply our raw materials for any specific period or in any specific quantity or price.

Our future success depends on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new and enhanced products that meet the needs of our customers.

Our sales depend on our ability to anticipate our existing and prospective customers’ needs and develop products that address those needs. Our future success will depend on our ability to design new products, anticipate technological improvements and enhancements, and to develop products that are competitive in the rapidly changing computer hardware and software industry. Introduction of new products and product enhancements will require coordination of our efforts with those of our customers, suppliers, and manufacturers to develop products that offer performance features desired by our customers and performance and functionality superior or more cost effective than solutions offered by our competitors. If we fail to coordinate these efforts, develop product enhancements or introduce new products that meet the needs of our customers as scheduled, our operating results will be materially and adversely affected and our business and prospects will be harmed. We cannot assure that product introductions will meet our anticipated release schedules or that our products will be competitive in the market. Furthermore, given the rapidly changing nature of the computer equipment market, there can be no assurance our products and technology will not be rendered obsolete by alternative or competing technologies.

Delays in our production cycle could result in outdated equipment or decreased purchases of our products.

The design and manufacture of our products can take several months to several years. The length of such process depends on the complexity and purpose of the system or equipment being designed, and may be affected by factors such as: the development and design of unique or specialized systems, the fabrication, availability, and supply of parts, the customization of parts as applicable, the manufacture and/or assembly of the units, quality control testing, and the development and incorporation of new technologies. If our products are outdated upon completion of this process our sales could materially decline and it may be necessary to sell products at a loss.

Unsuccessful government programs or OEM contracts could lead to reduced revenues.

We design and manufacture certain products to fit the specifications of government programs or OEM contracts. These programs may take months or years to complete and involve significant investment of our time, money and resources. We generally receive upfront fees for these programs but there is often no or little obligation on the part of our customer to purchase large volumes of products at the time of final product launch. Unsuccessful product launches could lead to reduced revenues, potential returns of products and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. We may be forced to sell products at a loss or spend a significant amount of resources to find additional customers for these products if these programs do not fit the future needs of our intended customers.

Our inventory may rapidly become obsolete.

Sales cycles for some of our products can take several months. In addition, it can take time from the bid to the development and manufacture of the equipment. We maintain inventory based in large part on our forecasts of the

 

15


Table of Contents

volume and timing of orders. The varying length of the sales cycles makes accurate forecasting difficult. The delays inherent in our sales cycles raise the risk that the inventory we have on hand will become obsolete or impaired prior to its use or sale. If our forecasted demand does not materialize into purchase orders, we may be required to write off our inventory balances or reduce the value of our inventory, based on a reduced sales price. A write off of the inventory, or a reduction in the inventory value due to a sales price reduction, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

We offer an extended product warranty to cover defective products at no cost to the customer. An unexpected change in failure rates of our products could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from date of sale that require us to repair or replace defective products returned by the customer during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. Our product warranties are in addition to warranties we receive from our vendors. We record an estimate for anticipated warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs. While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established and we receive warranty coverage from our vendors, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on our business requiring additional warranty reserves. These failures could adversely impact our operating results.

If we fail to achieve design wins for our products, our business will be harmed.

Achieving design wins is an important success factor for our business. We work closely with OEM’s and end users to insure the customer gets the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for the application. We have participated in many design wins based upon our ability to interpret technical specifications and proceed rapidly through prototyping, development, and delivery. This approach and expertise is one of the factors driving our growth. Failure to maintain our expertise and ability to deliver custom, specific design systems could harm our business. In order to achieve design wins, we must:

 

    anticipate the features and functionality that OEMs, customers and consumers will demand;

 

    incorporate those features and functionalities into products that meet the exacting design requirements of our customers; and

 

    price our products competitively.

Unanticipated changes in industry standards could render our products incompatible with products developed by major hardware manufacturers and software developers. Further, if our products are not in compliance with prevailing industry standards, our customers may not incorporate our products into their design strategies.

If we cannot retain, attract and motivate key personnel, we may be unable to effectively implement our business plan.

Our success depends in large part upon our ability to retain, attract and motivate highly skilled management, development, marketing, sales and service personnel. The loss of and failure to replace key technical management and personnel could adversely affect multiple development efforts. Recruitment and retention of senior management and skilled technical, sales and other personnel is very competitive, and we may not be successful in either attracting or retaining such personnel. We have lost key personnel to other high technology companies, and many larger companies with significantly greater resources than us have aggressively recruited, and continue to aggressively recruit, key personnel. As part of our strategy to attract and retain key personnel, we may offer equity compensation through grants of stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units. Potential employees, however, may not perceive our equity incentives as attractive enough. In addition, due to the intense competition for qualified employees, we may be required to, and have had to, increase the level of compensation paid to existing and new employees, which could materially increase our operating expenses.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have made in the past, and may make in the future, acquisitions which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, result in dilution to our stockholders, deplete our cash reserves and adversely affect our financial results.

Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including the following:

 

    difficulties in successfully integrating the operations, systems, technologies, products, offerings and personnel of the acquired company or companies;

 

    insufficient revenue to offset increased expenses associated with acquisitions;

 

    diversion of management’s attention from normal daily operations of the business and the challenges of managing larger and more widespread operations resulting from acquisitions;

 

    potential difficulties in completing projects associated with in-process research and development intangibles;

 

    difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;

 

    initial dependence on unfamiliar supply chains or relatively small supply partners; and

 

    the potential loss of key employees, customers, distributors, vendors and other business partners of the companies we acquire following and continuing after announcement of acquisition plans.

Acquisitions may also cause us to:

 

    use a substantial portion of our cash reserves or incur debt;

 

    issue equity securities or grant equity incentives to acquired employees that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage ownership;

 

    assume liabilities, including potentially unknown liabilities;

 

    record goodwill and non-amortizable intangible assets that are subject to impairment testing on a regular basis and potential periodic impairment charges;

 

    incur amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets;

 

    incur large and immediate write-offs and restructuring and other related expenses; or

 

    become subject to intellectual property litigation or other litigation.

Acquisitions of high-technology companies and assets are inherently risky and subject to many factors outside of our control, and no assurance can be given that our recently completed or future acquisitions will be successful and will not materially adversely affect our business, operating results, or financial condition. Failure to manage and successfully integrate acquisitions could materially harm our business and operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware and software has resulted in increased pricing pressure and may adversely affect our operating results.

The continuing commoditization of HPC hardware, such as processors, interconnects, flash storage and other infrastructure, and the growing commoditization of software, including plentiful building blocks and more capable open source software, as well as the potential for integration of differentiated technology into already-commoditized components, has resulted in, and may result in increased pricing pressure that may cause us to reduce our pricing in order to remain competitive, which can negatively impact our gross margins and adversely affect our operating results.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our election to not opt out of the extended accounting transition period under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, may make our financial statements difficult to compare to other companies.

Under the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for any new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period. This means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, are permitted to use any extended transition period for adoption that is provided in the new or revised accounting standard having different application dates for public and private companies. This may make the comparison of our financial statements with any other public company, which is not either an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible as possible different or revised standards may be used.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

When we become a reporting company, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and controls over financial reporting. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm for the foreseeable future.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to remedy these material weaknesses and develop and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common shares.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016. As defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically:

 

  (i) we did not have sufficient segregation of duties within our accounting functions;

 

  (ii) our financial reporting closing process did not effectively determine all period-end adjustments;

 

  (iii) our U.S. GAAP and SEC accounting resources were not commensurate with those required of a public company, and

 

  (iv) we lacked appropriate controls to ensure the accuracy of labor and overhead inventory rates as well as excess and obsolescence inventory reserves.

 

18


Table of Contents

Management is in the process of remediating the material weaknesses set forth above. To date we have implemented the following steps in our remediation plan:

 

    To address the identified weaknesses surrounding segregation of duties, supervision and expertise, in September 2017, we hired a chief financial officer with appropriate experience applying GAAP technical accounting guidance and has increased the number of hours worked by our contracted accounting personnel who are responsible for the closing process and external financial reporting. With the introduction of additional personnel, incompatible functions with respect to the segregation of duties and the recording of a transaction (including the review and approval processes) are being reassigned to different personnel to strengthen the control environment.

 

    To improve the quality and timing of our closing process and to improve the accuracy of financial reporting, we have begun implementing a formal closing process that follows a closing checklist that includes reconciliation of all major balance sheet accounts, analytical procedures applied to all income statement accounts and review and approval of manual adjustments.

 

    To strengthen the weaknesses in the control environment surrounding inventory and inventory valuation, we have and continue to evolve a new analytical process to identify slow-moving and obsolete inventory as well as formalizing the methodology for application of labor overhead to inventory. We are also strengthening the controls regarding physical verification of inventory on-hand.

 

    To improve our expertise with respect to non-recurring transactions, we have hired and will continue to hire additional qualified resources with the requisite expertise. We are designing additional controls around identification, documentation and application of technical accounting guidance with particular emphasis on events outside the ordinary course of business. These controls are expected to include implementation of additional supervision and review activities by qualified personnel that are independent from the transaction, the preparation of formal accounting memorandum to support our conclusions on technical accounting matters and the development and use of checklists and research tools to assist in compliance with GAAP with regards to complex accounting issues.

Our remediation plan also includes relevant and appropriate training on technical GAAP topics, as well as SEC reporting requirements.

We intend to complete the implementation of our remediation plan during the first and second quarters of 2018. Except for additional personnel costs, we have not incurred any material costs on our remediation plan to date as we have been implementing the plan internally. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or determine to modify certain of the remediation measurements that we are anticipating to make which may include retaining a third party to assist with the implementation of our remediation plan. The retention of third party service providers for purposes of remediation may involve us incurring material costs in the future.

Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementations could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm may reveal additional deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal control over financial reporting could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property

If we are unable to protect our proprietary design and intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We rely on patents, trademarks, trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements to protect our intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance these protections will be available in all cases or will be adequate to prevent our competitors from copying, reverse engineering or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, proprietary rights or products. For example, the laws of certain countries in which our products are manufactured or licensed do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, or applications for any of the foregoing. There can be no assurance that our competitors will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired. To prevent substantial unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement and/or misappropriation of our trade secrets and/or proprietary rights against third parties. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we do. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our trade secrets and/or intellectual property.

Many of our proprietary designs are in digital form and the breach of our computer systems could result in these designs being stolen.

If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to private or proprietary data is otherwise obtained, our proprietary designs could be stolen. Because we hold many of these designs in digital form on our servers, there exists an inherent risk that an unauthorized third party could conduct a security breach resulting in the theft of our proprietary information. While we have taken steps to protect our proprietary information, because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not identified until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any or all of these issues could negatively impact our competitive edge and our ability to obtain new customers thereby adversely affecting our financial results.

Our proprietary designs are susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors.

Much of the value of our proprietary rights is derived from our vast library of design specifications. While we consider our design specifications to be protected by various proprietary, trade secret and intellectual property laws, such information is susceptible to reverse engineering by our competitors. We may not be able to prevent our competitors from developing competing design specifications and the cost of enforcing these rights may be significant. If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary designs our financial condition and operating results could suffer.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

We consider trade secrets, including confidential and unpatented know-how and designs important to the maintenance of our competitive position. We protect trade secrets and confidential and unpatented know-how, in part, by customarily entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to such knowledge, such as our employees, outside technical and commercial collaborators, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our

 

20


Table of Contents

employees and consultants that obligate them to maintain confidentiality and assign their inventions to us. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches.

Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property or trade secret rights could harm our business.

Our industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. Third parties may in the future assert claims of infringement of intellectual property rights against us or against our customers or channel partners for which we may be liable. As the number of products and competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, infringement claims may increase.

Intellectual property or trade secret claims against us, and any resulting lawsuits, may result in our incurring significant expenses and could subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate what we currently believe are our proprietary rights. Our involvement in any patent dispute or other intellectual property dispute or action to protect trade secrets and know-how could have a material adverse effect on our business. Adverse determinations in any litigation could subject us to significant liabilities to third parties, require us to seek licenses from third parties and prevent us from manufacturing and selling our products. Any of these situations could have a material adverse effect on our business. These claims, regardless of their merits or outcome, would likely be time consuming and expensive to resolve and could divert management’s time and attention.

We are generally obligated to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain expenses and liabilities resulting from intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products, which could force us to incur substantial costs.

We have agreed, and expect to continue to agree, to indemnify our channel partners and end-customers for certain intellectual property infringement claims regarding our products. As a result, in the case of infringement claims against these channel partners and end-customers, we could be required to indemnify them for losses resulting from such claims or to refund amounts they have paid to us. Our channel partners and other end-customers in the future may seek indemnification from us in connection with infringement claims brought.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that can adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Our international operations subject us to a variety of risks and challenges, including: increased management, travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated with having international operations; reliance on channel partners; increased financial accounting and reporting burdens and complexities; compliance with foreign laws and regulations; compliance with U.S. laws and regulations for foreign operations; and reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries and practical difficulties of enforcing rights abroad. Any of these risks could adversely affect our international operations, reduce our international sales or increase our operating costs, adversely affecting our business, operating results and financial condition and growth prospects.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in compliance with applicable laws.

Our products are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls. Exports of our products must be made in compliance with these laws and regulations. If we violate these laws and regulations, we and certain of our

 

21


Table of Contents

employees could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. In addition, if our channel partners, agents or consultants fail to obtain appropriate import, export or re-export licenses or authorizations, we may also be adversely affected through reputational harm and penalties. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. Changes in our products or changes in applicable export or import laws and regulations may also create delays in the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, prevent our end-customers with international operations from deploying our products or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, governments or persons altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such laws and regulations, could also result in decreased use of our products, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to existing or potential end-customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

New regulations or standards or changes in existing regulations or standards in the United States or internationally related to our suppliers products may result in unanticipated costs or liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and future sales, and could place additional burdens on the operations of our business.

Our suppliers’ products are subject to governmental regulations in many jurisdictions. To achieve and maintain market acceptance, our suppliers’ products must continue to comply with these regulations and many industry standards. As these regulations and standards evolve, and if new regulations or standards are implemented, our suppliers may have to modify their products. The failure of their products to comply, or delays in compliance, with the existing and evolving industry regulations and standards could prevent or delay introduction of our products, which could harm our business. Supplier uncertainty regarding future policies may also affect demand for HPC products, including our products. Moreover, channel partners or customers may require us, or we may otherwise deem it necessary or advisable, to alter our products to address actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment. Our inability to alter our products to address these requirements and any regulatory changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws.

We have international operations. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Practices in the local business communities of many countries outside the United States have a level of government corruption that is greater than that found in the developed world. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws and we have established policies and procedures designed to monitor compliance with these anti-bribery law requirements; however, we cannot assure that our policies and procedures will protect us from potential reckless or criminal acts committed by individual employees or agents. If we are found to be liable for anti-bribery law violations, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties or other sanctions that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

The price of our common stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering may fluctuate substantially and may be higher or lower than the initial public offering price. This may be especially true for companies with a small public float. The trading price of our common stock following this offering will depend on several factors, including those

 

22


Table of Contents

described in this “Risk Factors” section, many of which are beyond our control and may not be related to our operating performance. These fluctuations could cause you to lose all or part of your investment in our common stock since you might be unable to sell your shares at or above the price you paid in this offering. Factors that could cause fluctuations in the trading price of our common stock include:

 

    price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

 

    volatility in the market prices and trading volumes of technology stocks;

 

    changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

    sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

    failure of financial analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

    the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in those projections or our failure to meet those projections;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new products or new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, other public announcements and filings with the SEC;

 

    rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry;

 

    actual or anticipated changes in our operating results or fluctuations in our operating results;

 

    actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry or both or investigations by regulators into our operations or those of our competitors;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

    new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations applicable to our business;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations or principles;

 

    any major change in our management;

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets; and

 

    other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism or responses to these events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes, may seriously affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market prices of particular companies’ securities, securities class action litigations have often been instituted against these companies. Litigation of this type, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. Any adverse determination in any such litigation or any amounts paid to settle any such actual or threatened litigation could require that we make significant payments.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our directors and principal stockholders own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders will continue to have substantial control over the Company after this offering and could delay or prevent a change in corporate control. After this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate,     % of our outstanding common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by:

 

    delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the company;

 

    impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination involving us; or

 

    discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock or do not publish research or reports about our company, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. Once we commence trading, we anticipate having limited analyst coverage and we may continue to have inadequate analyst coverage in the future. Even if we obtain adequate analyst coverage, we would have no control over such analysts or the content and opinions in their reports. Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our company after the closing of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. The price of our common stock could also decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more equity research analysts cease coverage of our company, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

The market price of shares of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017. This includes the shares included in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining 8,543,948 shares are currently restricted as a result of lock-up agreements but will be able to be sold in the near future as set forth below.

Moreover, after this offering, the holders of 8,543,948 shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2017, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. Substantially all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements

 

24


Table of Contents

described in “Plan of Distribution.” Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees, and current stockholders who are subject to the 180-day contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

Our management will have discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them in a way which increases the value of your investment.

We currently intend to use the net proceeds of the offering for retirement of debt, working capital and general corporate purposes, including sales and marketing activities, product development, and capital expenditures, and we may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments. However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of those proceeds. Our management may spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, and you will not have the opportunity to influence management’s decisions on how to use the proceeds from this offering. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $ in net tangible book value per share from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately % of the outstanding equity capital. The exercise of outstanding options and warrants will result in further dilution. In addition, if we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience further dilution. For a detailed description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Some of these provisions:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock and up to 50,000,000 shares of authorized common stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the president;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause; and

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum.

 

25


Table of Contents

In addition, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Furthermore, our certificate of incorporation that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders. We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West restricts our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock without the prior written consent of Bank of the West, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to fund the growth of our business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

If an active, liquid trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price.

There has not been a public market for our common stock. An active and liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained following this offering. Given the small size of our initial public offering, it may take some time for an active market to develop. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at or above the initial offering price. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering, and our common stock could trade below the initial public offering price.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our inability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms in the future may limit our ability to develop and commercialize new solutions and technologies and expand our operations.

If our available cash balances, net proceeds from this offering and anticipated cash flow from operations are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, including because of lower demand for our products as a result of other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section, we may seek to raise additional capital through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations or licensing arrangements. We may also consider raising additional capital in the future to expand our business, pursue strategic investments, take advantage of financing opportunities, or other reasons.

Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise funds by issuing equity securities, dilution to our stockholders could result. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in increased fixed payment obligations and could also result in restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights, and other operating restrictions that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or to grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these actions could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may not be able to obtain waivers of potential defaults in the future from our lender if we do not meet future requirements under our credit agreements which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. In the event that we are unable to comply with these covenants in the future, we would seek an amendment or waiver of the covenants. We cannot assure you that any such waiver or amendment would be granted. In such event, we may be required to repay any or all of our existing borrowings, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to borrow under our existing credit agreements, or obtain alternative funding arrangements on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may choose to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to emerging growth companies, which includes, among other things:

 

    exemption from the auditor attestation requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

27


Table of Contents
    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

    exemption from the requirements of holding non-binding stockholder votes on executive compensation arrangements.

We could be an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary after our initial public offering, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the federal securities laws. We will qualify as a large accelerated filer as of the first day of the first fiscal year after we have (i) more than $700 million in outstanding common equity held by our non-affiliates and (ii) been public for at least 12 months. The value of our outstanding common equity will be measured each year on the last day of our second fiscal quarter.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to comply with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting and corporate governance requirements, to comply with the rules and regulations imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives and our legal and accounting compliance costs will increase. It is likely that we will need to hire additional staff or devote additional financial and other resources in the areas of investor relations, legal and accounting to operate as a public company. We also expect these new rules and regulations may make it more difficult and expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are evaluating and monitoring developments regarding these rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.

For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, as a public company, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As described above, as an emerging growth company, we will not need to comply with the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404 for several years. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and management time on compliance-related issues. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

28


Table of Contents

If our involvement in a September 2017 CIO Review Article was held to be in violation of the Securities Act, we could be required to repurchase securities sold in this offering; you should rely only on statements made in this prospectus in determining whether to purchase our shares.

Information about us has been published in a magazine article appearing in the September 2017 issue of CIO Review. This article contains information derived from an interview of our president and chief executive officer, Steve Cooper, conducted prior to this public offering. While some of the factual statements about us in the article are disclosed in this prospectus, the article includes quotations from Mr. Cooper and presents certain statements about the Company in isolation and does not disclose many of the related risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. As a result, the article should not be considered in isolation and you should decide whether to purchase our shares only after reading this entire prospectus carefully.

We do not believe our involvement in the CIO Review magazine article constitutes “gun jumping” in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act. However, if our involvement were held by a court to be in violation of the Securities Act we could be required to repurchase the shares sold to purchasers in our public offering at the original purchase price, plus statutory interest, for a period of one year following the date of the violation. We would vigorously contest any claim that a violation of the Securities Act occurred.

We have in the past received, and may continue to receive, various degrees of media coverage, including coverage that is not directly attributable to statements made by our officers and team members. You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus in making your investment decision.

Investors should be aware of the following update to the article’s content: the articles states that OSS is emerging at a 58% growth margin annually. When referring to “growth margin annually” the article was referring to the year to date revenue growth rate at the time the interview was given by Mr. Cooper to CIO Review. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared with the nine month period ended September 30, 2016, we had a revenue growth rate of 65.4%.

 

29


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results, financial position and cash flows, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “predict,” “potential,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “intend” and “expect” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, operating results, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described under sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, neither we nor any other person assume responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

This prospectus contains estimates and statistical data that we obtained from industry publications and reports. These publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe the publications are reliable, we have not independently verified their data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares in full), based on the initial public offering price of $         per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate future access to the public equity markets for us and our stockholders. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including debt reduction and working capital. We plan to reduce indebtedness of up to $4,436,082.28 owed pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West. As of December 1, 2017, the business loans have an aggregate principal balance of $1,213,618.42 and accrue interest at rates of 3.8% and 11% per annum, respectively, maturing in 2019. The revolving line of credit has an outstanding balance of $3,222,463.86 which accrues at a variable rate of interest, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties. The indebtedness was used primarily to retire certain outstanding indebtedness and accounts payable of Magma in connection with Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016 as well as for short-term borrowings and working capital purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire complementary businesses, products, services or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any material acquisitions at this time. Pending the use of proceeds to us from this offering as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term and long-term interest-bearing obligations, including government and investment-grade debt securities and money market funds.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditure, including expenditure related to sales and marketing and product development will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, our sales and marketing activities, expansion, the amount of cash generated or used by our operations, competitive pressures and other factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We therefore cannot estimate the amount of net proceeds to be used for the purposes described above. As a result, we may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on our judgment regarding the application of the net proceeds from this offering.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our loan and security agreement with Bank of the West may restrict our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, and we may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents, and capitalization as of September 30, 2017 as follows:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis, giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the sale and issuance by us of             shares of our common stock in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $             per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2017 (unaudited)  
     Actual      Pro Forma      Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ -  
  

 

 

       

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

   $ 1,604,101        

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942 and 8,543,948 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231     

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892     

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555     

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 6,786,777      $ 6,786,777      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares of our common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public

 

32


Table of Contents
  offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The pro forma and pro forma as adjusted columns in the table above are based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock (including shares of our convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding as of September 30, 2017, and exclude the following:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will immediately be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of September 30, 2017, our historical net tangible book value was approximately $339,020, or $0.06 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017. As of September 30, 2017, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $2,755,547, or $0.32 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017, after giving effect to (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

After giving further effect to our sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

 Initial public offering price per share

      $               

 Historical net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ 0.06     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs

     

 Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2017

   $ 0.32     

 Pro forma increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

 Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

 Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     
     

 

 

 

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $         per share, in each case based on the initial public offering price of $         per share.

 

34


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of September 30, 2017, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased      Total Consideration      Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     

 Existing stockholders

               $               

 Investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 Totals

              
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

The foregoing table and discussion excludes:

 

    2,387,421 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.00 per share, and 0 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options issued after September 30, 2017;

 

    1,030,000 unallocated shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, consisting of 240,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2011 Stock Option Plan and an additional 790,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Option Plan as of September 30, 2017;

 

    Shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters as compensation in connection with this offering; and

 

    198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of September 30, 2017, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.11 per share.

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors will increase to         , or approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that any of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, new investors may experience further dilution. In addition, we may issue additional shares of common stock, other equity securities or convertible debt securities in the future, which may cause further dilution to new investors in this offering.

 

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and operating results together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” or in other parts of this prospectus. The last day of our fiscal year is December 31. Our fiscal quarters end on March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31, and our current fiscal year will end on December 31, 2017.

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets custom high-speed computing systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. These applications require ultra-fast processing power with the ability to quickly access and store ever-growing data sets. Systems are built using the latest graphical processing unit (“GPU”) and flash-based solid state drive (“SSD”) storage technologies. OSS is a long-standing provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators, and flash storage arrays. We deliver this technology to customers through sale of equipment and software to customers or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters.

Business Developments

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of OSS’ assets and a personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

In June 2015, we formed One Stop Systems, GmbH, our German subsidiary (“OSS GmbH”). This is a regional facility organized to serve customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH is located in Gröbenzell, Germany.

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California.

On April 6, 2017, we formed a joint venture named SkyScale LLC, a High-Performance Computing as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is jointly owned with Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services. Each of us received a 50% membership interest. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information on this transaction.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered in to a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

36


Table of Contents

As consideration for the Technology Agreement and Services Agreement, (1) Western Digital will pay OSS $1,400,000 over three years of quarterly installments for our assumption of support obligations of existing Western Digital customers, (2) OSS paid an upfront license fee of $67,000 to Western Digital, and (3) OSS will pay to Western Digital per-customer royalties of $2,500 for each new design win and per-unit royalties of $5,000 for each licensed product delivered to a customer of Western Digital.

We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets going forward.

On August 1, 2017, we received a three month extension on our line of credit with no modification in terms.

On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification on our line of credit that extends the line through August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity limit from $ 3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

On November 9, 2017, we filed a confidential registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock.

Our Business Model

We differentiate ourselves from other suppliers of HPC solutions by utilizing our expertise in PCIe expansion to build high performance systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash devices than other suppliers. We produce the software and hardware required to operate large storage systems that can be clustered together to build massive computing capabilities that occupy less physical space and power consumption.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We derive revenue from the sale of our hardware products and, to a lesser extent, support services. Provided that all other revenue recognition criteria has been met, we typically recognize revenue upon shipment, as title and risk of loss are transferred to customers and channel partners at that time. Products are typically shipped directly to our customers, or in some cases to our international distributors. These international distributors assist with import regulations, currency conversions and local language, but do not stock our inventory. Our product revenues vary from period to period based on, among other things, the customer orders received and our ability to produce and deliver the ordered products. Customers often specify requested delivery dates that coincide with their need for our products.

Because these customers may use our products in connection with a variety of projects of different sizes and durations, a customer’s orders for one reporting period generally do not indicate a trend for future orders by that customer. Additionally, order patterns do not necessarily correlate amongst customers and, therefore, we generally cannot identify seasonal trends.

In 2017, we have begun to offer support services which may involve providing customer phone support, system debug and software upgrades for a period of time. We recognize revenue from support services ratably over the contractual service period.

 

37


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of costs of materials, costs paid to third-party contract manufacturers (which may include the costs of components), and personnel costs associated with manufacturing and support operations. Personnel costs consist of wages, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation expenses. Cost of revenue also includes freight, allocated overhead costs and inventory write-offs and changes to our inventory and warranty reserves. Allocated overhead costs consist of certain facilities and utility costs. We expect cost of revenue to increase in absolute dollars, as product revenue increases.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses consist of general and administrative, sales and marketing and research and development expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs, benefits, and stock-based compensation expense, are the most significant components of each category of operating expenses. Operating expenses also include allocated overhead costs for facilities and utility costs.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses for administrative functions including finance, legal, human resources and fees for third-party professional services, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our general and administrative expense to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in growing the business.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, sales commissions, marketing programs, travel and entertainment expenses as well as allocated overhead. Marketing programs consist of advertising, tradeshows, events, corporate communications and brand-building activities. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we expand our sales force, increase marketing resources, and further develop sales channels.

Research and Development

Research and development expense consists primarily of employee compensation and related expenses, prototype expenses, depreciation associated with assets acquired for research and development, third-party engineering and contractor support costs, as well as allocated overhead. We expect our research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars as we continue to invest in new and existing products.

Other Income (Expense), net

Other income consists of income received for activities outside of our core business. In 2017, this includes rental income received through the sub-leasing of certain facility space. Other expense includes expenses for activities outside of our core business. These expenses consist primarily of loan amortization and interest expense.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of estimated income taxes due to the United States government and to the state tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

 

38


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

Results of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 includes operating results for the acquired Magma business that was acquired on July 16, 2016 and a newly formed 50% owned joint venture, SkyScale, LLC, which began operations in April 2017. Further, we completed certain transactions with Western Digital during our third fiscal quarter. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, the businesses for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

39


Table of Contents
     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Net revenue

             100.0             100.0

Cost of revenue

     67.2     70.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     32.8     29.1

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     12.4     10.5

Marketing and selling

     10.5     10.7

Research and development

     8.5     7.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     31.4     28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     1.4     0.4

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.7 %)      (0.8 %) 

Other, net

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (0.7 %)      (0.7 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     0.7     (0.3 %) 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     0.7     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     0.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     0.0     0.0

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (1.0 %)      0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     1.1     (0.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted Earnings before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization, or Adjusted EBITDA, is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense.

Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Because of varying available valuation methodologies, subjective assumptions and the variety of equity instruments that can impact our non-cash operating expenses, we believe that providing a non-GAAP financial measure that excludes non-cash and non-recurring expenses allows for meaningful comparisons between our core business operating results and those of other companies, as well as providing us with an important tool for financial and operational decision making and for evaluating our own core business operating results over different periods of time.

 

40


Table of Contents

Our Adjusted EBITDA measure may not provide information that is directly comparable to that provided by other companies in our industry, as other companies in our industry may calculate non-GAAP financial results differently, particularly related to non-recurring, unusual items. Our Adjusted EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under GAAP, and should not be considered as an alternative to operating income or as an indication of operating performance or any other measure of performance derived in accordance with GAAP. We do not consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a substitute for, or superior to, the information provided by GAAP financial results.

 

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016  

Net income (loss)

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844        260,245  

Acquisition expenses

     61,368        107,591  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250        55,926  

Interest expense

     144,157        98,688  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468        (21,250
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 1,261,383      $ 482,010  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,      Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017      2016            2017                 2016        

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,915,122      $ 11,099,262        77.7     89.6

Acquired

     4,570,254        1,285,421        22.3     10.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 20,485,376      $ 12,384,683        100.0     100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, total revenue increased $8,100,693 or 65.4%, as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by OSS contributing $4,815,860 or 38.9% of the total increase in revenue with Magma contributing $3,072,796 or 24.8% of the total increased revenue. Ion contributed $203,837 or 1.6% for the period and SkyScale contributed $8,200 or less than 0.01% of revenue. Our organic revenue increased 43.4% as compared to the same period in the prior year. This increase was attributable to increased purchases from existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $4,991,703 or 56.9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. The increase in cost of revenue for OSS was $2,900,938 or 33.0% of the total increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by the increased costs in manufacturing operations. Magma equipment sales contributed $1,901,288 or 21.7% of the total increase with Ion contributing $189,477 or 2.2%. These costs are primarily driven by increased personnel costs associated with increased headcount and increases in part costs associated with higher-end product offerings

Total gross margin percentage increased from 29.1% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2016 to 32.8% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, an increase of 370 basis points. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 38.6% and a shift in the mix of products sold to higher-end componentry. OSS contributed incremental revenue at a gross margin of 39.8% as compared to the nine month period of 2016 gross margin of 27.9%. Such increase resulted from the sale of higher-end products to new and existing customers and better control over inventories which resulted in less obsolescence and slow moving inventory.

 

41


Table of Contents

General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expense increased $1,242,645, or 95.1%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $310,352 or 24.9% of the total increase in these expenses. with Magma contributing $540,036 or 43.5% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $382,773 or 30.8% and Ion contributed $9,484 or less than 1% of the increase. General and administrative expense increased primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher employee compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma and the newly formed SkyScale joint venture. Overall general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 12.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.5% during the same period in 2016.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $812,530, or 61.2% during the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to the same period in 2016. OSS contributed $475,592 or 58.5% of the total increase with Magma contributing $287,824 or 35.4% of the increase. SkyScale contributed $35,643 or 4.4% of the increase with Ion contributing $13,471 or 1.7%. The increased expenses associated with marketing and selling expense is primarily attributable to increases in salary and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising. Overall total marketing and selling expense decreased as a percentage of revenue to 10.4% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 10.7% during the same period in 2016.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by $824,997, or 89.8%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to same period in 2016. OSS contributed $350,338 or 42.5% with Magma contributing $474,659 or 57.5% of the total increase. These expenses are mainly compromised of salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. Overall total research and development expense increased as a percentage of revenue to 8.5% during the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to 7.4% during the same period in 2016.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased $45,469 or 46.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, as compared to same period in 2016 as a result of increased borrowings in July 2016, of approximately $600,000 at an annual percentage rate of 3.7% which was outstanding for 78 days in 2016 as compared to 273 days in 2017. Interest expense also includes noncash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased $2,747 during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the same period in 2016. This increase is primarily attributable to miscellaneous income.

Provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax provision of $133,468 for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 as compared to a tax benefit of $21,250 for the same period in 2016. The increase is attributable to the increase in pre-tax income of $186,096 when comparing the two periods. The effective tax rates for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were 91.6% and 47.8%, respectively. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, the increase in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to permanent book/tax differences, the noncontrolling interest in SkyScale and non-deductible stock option compensation expense.

 

42


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

Results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 include the results for the acquired Magma business for the period from July 15, 2016 through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, the periods presented below are not directly comparable. After the completion of four quarters, this acquired business for both revenue and expense reporting will be treated as organic operating activity for current and comparable historical periods. The following tables set forth our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 respectively, presented in dollars and as percentage of net revenue.

 

     December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents
     December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Net revenue

     100.00     100.00

Cost of revenue

     70.79     72.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     29.21     28.00

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     11.37     9.31

Marketing and selling

     10.53     9.61

Research and development

     8.47     7.70
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30.37     26.62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (1.16 %)      1.37

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (0.81 %)      (0.90 %) 

Other, net

     0.03     (0.04 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (0.78 %)      (0.95 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (1.95 %)      0.42

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (0.97 %)      0.31
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

     (0.98 %)      0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful for an investor to determine whether to invest in our common stock. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as income from continuing operations before interest income and expense, income taxes, depreciation, amortization of intangible assets, other charges, impairment of long-lived assets, acquisition and financing costs, fair value adjustments from purchase accounting, and stock-based compensation expense and certain non-recurring expenses.

 

     December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Interest expense

     152,877       128,370  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  

Non-recurring expense (1)

     107,681       -
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $     418,792     $     415,006  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Expenses incurred in the acquisition of Magma

 

44


Table of Contents

Net revenue

 

     2016      As a % of
Net Revenue
    2015      As a % of
Net Revenue
 

Revenues:

          

Organic

   $ 15,693,331        83.1   $ 14,229,776        100.0

Acquired

     3,185,990        16.9     -      0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 18,879,321        100.0   $ 14,229,776        100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue increased overall by $4,649,545, or 32.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $3,185,990 or 22.4% of the increased revenue with OSS contributing $1,463,555 or 10.3% of the total yearly increase in revenue. Excluding Magma, increases in our revenue were mainly attributable to increased sales to existing customers and a growing number of new customers.

Cost of revenue and gross margin

Cost of revenue increased by $3,119,493, or 30.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily driven by the purchase of Magma which contributed $1,899,340 or 18.5% of the total increase with $1,220,153 or 11.9% of the total increase resulting from increased product sales and, to a lesser extent, by increased costs in manufacturing operations. The majority of these cost increases are primarily driven by increased material and personnel costs associated with increased revenue and increases in part costs associated with higher-end products offerings.

Additionally the increase in the cost of revenues is inclusive of an increase of $749,714 in the allowances for obsolete and slow moving inventory as compared to the prior year increase due to discontinued programs.

Our total gross margin percentage increased from 28.0% during the year ended December 31, 2015 to 29.2% during the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase of 1.2%. The increase in overall gross margin is predominately attributable to the inclusion of Magma which contributed margin at a rate of 40.4%, offset by increases in the allowance for obsolete and slowing moving inventory.

General and administrative expense

General and administrative expense increased approximately $821,249, or 62%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $467,121 or 35.3% of the increase with $354,128 or 26.7% of the total increase being primarily due to increased headcount resulting in higher compensation related costs and administrative costs associated with the acquisition of Magma. Overall, general and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of revenue to 11.4% during 2016 from 9.3% during 2015.

Marketing and selling expense

Marketing and selling expense increased by $619,502, or 45.3% during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed $197,451 or 14.4% of the increase with $422,051 or 30.9% of the total increase being attributable to OSS. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the increase is primarily driven by employee compensation expenses and related costs, commissions, tradeshows and advertising.

Research and development expense

Research and development expense increased by approximately $503,666, or 46%, during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. The addition of Magma contributed

 

45


Table of Contents

$404,936 or 36.9% of the total increase with $98,730 or 9.1% attributable to continued development of new and enhanced product offerings. For both Magma and the core business of OSS, the overall increase was primarily driven by increases in salary and related costs, professional services and prototypes.

Interest expense

Interest expense increased approximately $24,507 or 19.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to year ended December 31, 2015 as a result of increased borrowings during 2016 of approximately $1,255,000, of which $874,907 is attributable to the assumption of debt in conjunction with the acquisition of Magma. Interest expense also includes non-cash amortization of warrant discounts issued in conjunction with debt offerings.

Other income (expense), net

Other income (expense), net increased approximately $11,729 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015. For the year 2015, other expense consisted of expenses incurred with the line of credit. For the year 2016, the balance in other income consisted of a tax refund and miscellaneous income.

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

We recorded an income tax benefit of $182,937 attributable to a net operating loss in 2016, whereas there was a tax expense of $43,729 in 2015 as a result of pretax income. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were 49.8% and 72.4%, respectively.

The primary differences between the statutory rates of income tax and the provision for income taxes for 2016 and 2015 are attributable to state income taxes and increases in our research and development credits that will reduce future income tax liabilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

For the Nine Month Periods Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and the formation of SkyScale LLC.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, our line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been and extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver. These covenants are as follows:

 

    Debt to Effective Net Worth – We failed to maintain a ratio of Debt to Effective Tangible Net Worth of not more than 2 to 1 through September 30, 2015 and 1.75 to 1 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

 

    Effective Tangible Net Worth – We failed to maintain a minimum Effective Tangible Net Worth of at least $2,500,000.00 through December 31, 2016 and $3,500,000 thereafter, measured at each fiscal quarter-end.

 

 

46


Table of Contents
    Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long Term Debt – We failed to maintain a ratio of Cash Flow to Current Portion of Long-Term Debt of not less than 1.25 to 1 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

 

    Net Income – We failed to maintain a minimum Net Income after tax of at least $500,000.00 for the periods ending December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016.

Our lender has provided a waiver of the above compliance failures as of November 29, 2017. Any future breaches of the credit agreement are not waived.

As part of the credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance is $141,811.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. These notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding aggregate balance of the notes payable is $198,535.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $10,013,000 as of September 30, 2017, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products. Total bookings for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 were approximately $25,705,000.

 

47


Table of Contents

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017.

 

     2017     2016  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     296,800       (645,700

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,523     (41,113

Net cash provided by financing activities

     295,110       694,562  

Operating Activities

During the nine months ending September 30, 2017, we generated $296,800 in cash from operating activities, an increase of $942,500 when compared to the cash used in operating activities of $645,700 during the same period in 2016. The increase in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of an increase in net income, offset by decreases in non-cash adjustments, comprised of the net loss attributable to non-controlling interests, allowances for bad debt, and inventory reserves. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 respectively, net income adjusted for non-cash expenditures was a loss of $340,861 in 2017 as compared to $933,528 in 2016, a decrease of $1,274,389. Additionally, working capital requirements decreased $2,216,889 attributable to accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses of $2,535,174. This reduction in working capital requirements was offset by $313,285 in increases in working capital attributable to inventories, prepaid expenses and deposits for the comparable period.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we used cash of $117,523 in investing activities as compared to $41,113 used during the same period in 2016, an increase of $76,410. The net increase is primarily due to an increase in equipment purchases attributable to the Ion purchase. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities:

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we generated $295,110 from financing activities as compared to the cash generated of $694,562 during the same period in 2016. Cash was generated through the receipt of cash from the 50% investor in the SkyScale joint venture, proceeds from the issuance of common stock and proceeds from the bank revolving line of credit. These receipts of cash of $855,736 were offset by payments on notes payable of $560,626.

 

48


Table of Contents

For the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

During 2016, our primary sources of liquidity came from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and third party term notes.

We have a credit agreement with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, plus 2.5%. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of December 31, 2016 was $2,458,177. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we were not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but for which we have obtained a waiver.

The line of credit was to be due and payable in July 2017. However, in August 2017, we received a three-month extension of our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions were agreed to for full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, we received that renewal and extension through August 31, 2018 and a modification in our borrowing capacity, which increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000.

As part of our credit agreement, in July 2016, we entered into a $1,600,000 note payable. Under the terms of the note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding on this note payable as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $213,006.

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. This note requires us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with a maturity date of January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and personally guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the bank’s credit agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance was $298,112.

We also have strong demand for our products which has resulted in a backlog of orders of approximately $5,854,000 as of December 31, 2016, which represents orders booked but not yet fulfilled. Total bookings for the year ended December 31, 2016 were approximately $19,581,000. Bookings and backlog are a strong indication of the demand for our products but are no guarantee of future realized revenue.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the amended revolving line of credit, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing teams, the timing of new product introductions and the continuing market acceptance of our products and services.

We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise monies on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     2016     2015  

Cash flows:

    

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

   $ (273,224   $ 445,512  

Net cash used in investing activities

   $ (138,011   $ (194,422

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

   $ 400,358     $ (226,016

Operating Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used $273,224 in cash from operating activities, a decrease of $718,706 when compared to the $445,512 in cash generated from operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015. The decrease in cash generated by operating activities was primarily a result of increases in working capital requirements of $1,379,428 composed of increases in accounts receivable and deposits of $1,642,357 offset by a reduction in other operating assets and liabilities of $262,929. This increase in working capital requirements was predominately offset by a decrease in net income of $201,087 during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to December 31, 2015 and a net increase in non-cash operating expenses of $861,779 as compared to the prior year. Non-cash expenditures include allowances for bad debt, deferred income taxes, depreciation and amortization, debt discount amortization, inventory reserves and stock-based compensation expense.

Our ability to generate cash from operations in future periods will depend in large part on our profitability, the rate and timing of collections of our accounts receivable, our inventory turns and our ability to manage other areas of working capital.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we used cash of $138,011 in investing activities as compared to $194,422 used during the comparative period in 2015, a reduction of $56,411. The net decrease is primarily due to cash received in the 2016 Magma purchase of $68,308 offset by an increase in purchases of capitalized equipment of $11,897. We do not anticipate any significant purchases of equipment beyond that which is anticipated for use in the normal course of our core business activity.

Financing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we had net new borrowings of $400,358 as compared to net repayments during the year ended December 31, 2015 of $226,016 representing a net year over year increase of $626,374. Net proceeds on new related party and third party notes in 2016 were $600,000 with additional borrowings on the revolving line of credit of $371,092. Such increases were offset by payments on outstanding notes of $588,306 and proceeds from stock option exercises of $17,572. With the increase in our borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit of $500,000, we do not anticipate any new borrowings or retirement of debt above that which is contractually obligated.

 

50


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table sets forth our non-cancellable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2017.

 

     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 Years
 

Notes payable

   $ 1,341,614      $ 788,020      $ 553,594        

Operating leases

     445,048        117,490        327,558        
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,485,580      $ 1,180,024      $ 1,305,556        -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of Delaware. In connection with our facility leases, we have indemnified our lessors for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our bank credit agreement, we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities.

Off Balance Sheet

Other than lease commitments incurred in the normal course of business and certain indemnification provisions, we do not have any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or liabilities, guarantee contracts, retained or contingent interests in transferred assets, or any obligation arising out of a material variable interest in an unconsolidated entity. We do not have any majority-owned subsidiaries that are not consolidated in the financial statements. Additionally, we do not have interests in, or relationships with, any special purpose entities. Our chief executive officer provides a personal guarantee on much of our outstanding debt obligations.

Stockholder Transactions

During 2016, we issued notes payable to stockholders totaling $350,000 as of September 30, 2017 of which $250,000 in notes payable were owed to an entity affiliated with a director. In connection with the issuance of the notes, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share of which 28,090 were issued to an entity affiliated with a director.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 was $135,000.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

 

51


Table of Contents

The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amount billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and not be subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. Revenue from the sale of extended warranties is deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to our employees and other service providers, including stock options granted under our 2015 Plan, based on the estimated fair value of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards granted under our 2015 Plan. We recognize the fair value of stock options granted under our 2015 Plan as stock-based compensation on a straight line basis over the requisite service period. We record expense net of anticipated forfeitures and adjust the annual expense based upon actual experience.

Our use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected term of the option, expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions used in our option pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

The assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

    Fair Value of Common Stock.    Our board of directors considers numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock at each grant date. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    contemporaneous valuations of common stock performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

    the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

    the lack of marketability of our common stock;

 

    developments in the business;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our business, given prevailing market conditions; and

 

    market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

 

52


Table of Contents

Upon completion of our initial public offering, we will use the market value of our stock on the date of grant.

 

    Expected Term.    The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The expected term assumptions are determined based on the vesting terms, exercise terms and contractual lives of the options.

 

    Expected Volatility.    Since we do not have sufficient trading history of our common stock, expected volatility is determined based on the historical stock volatilities of comparable companies. Comparable companies consist of public companies in our industry that is similar in size, stage of life cycle and financial leverage. We intend to continue to apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be used in the calculation.

 

    Risk-Free Interest Rate.    The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

 

    Dividend Rate.    We have never declared or paid any cash dividends and do not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, use an expected dividend yield of zero.

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may refine our estimation process, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

Inventory Valuation

We value our inventory at the lower of cost or its current estimated market value. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We write down inventory for excess and obsolescence based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand, product mix and possible alternative uses. Actual demand, product mix and alternative usage may be lower than those that we project and this difference could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin if inventory write-downs beyond those initially recorded become necessary. Alternatively, if actual demand, product mix and alternative usage are more favorable than those we estimated at the time of such a write-down, our gross margin could be favorably impacted in future periods.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-lived Assets

We evaluate our goodwill for impairment annually and in any interim period in which events or circumstances arise that indicate our goodwill may be impaired. Indicators of impairment include, but are not limited to, a significant deterioration in overall economic conditions, a decline in our market capitalization, the loss of significant business, significant decreases in funding for our contracts, or other significant adverse changes in industry or market conditions.

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. Goodwill impairment guidance provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment (commonly known as “step zero”) to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary before performing the two-step test. The qualitative assessment requires significant judgments by management about macro-economic conditions including the entity’s operating environment, its industry and other market considerations, entity-specific events related to financial performance or loss of key personnel, and other events that could impact the reporting unit. If we conclude that further testing is required, the impairment test involves a two-step process for which we utilize a third-party provider to assist us in this process. Step one compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying value, including goodwill. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, step two is required to determine if there is an impairment of the goodwill. Step two compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying amount of the

 

53


Table of Contents

goodwill. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues, expenses, capital expenditures, and working capital, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. In addition, we use the market approach, which compares the reporting unit to publicly-traded companies and transactions involving similar businesses, to support the conclusions of the income approach.

As part of our annual goodwill impairment testing, we utilized a discount rate for our reporting unit, as defined by FASB ASC 350, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other, that we believe represents the risks that our business faces, considering our size, the current economic environment, and other industry data we believe is appropriate. We also review finite-lived intangible assets and long-lived assets when indications of potential impairment exist, such as a significant reduction in undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. Should the fair value of our long-lived assets decline because of reduced operating performance, market declines, or other indicators of impairment, a charge to operations for impairment may be necessary.

Income Taxes

The determination of income tax expense requires us to make certain estimates and judgments concerning the calculation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, as well as the deductions and credits that are available to reduce taxable income. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in our consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

In evaluating our ability to recover deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, our forecast of future earnings, future taxable income, and tax planning strategies. The assumptions utilized in determining future taxable income require significant judgment. We record a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If it becomes more likely than not that a tax asset will be used for which a reserve has been provided, we reverse the related valuation allowance. If our actual future taxable income by tax jurisdiction differs from estimates, additional allowances or reversals of reserves may be necessary.

We use a two-step approach to recognize and measure uncertain tax positions. First, the tax position must be evaluated to determine the likelihood that it will be sustained upon external examination. If the tax position is deemed more-likely-than-not to be sustained, the tax position is then assessed to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The amount of the benefit that may be recognized is the largest amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate our uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis and any changes to these positions as a result of tax audits, tax laws or other facts and circumstances could result in additional charges to operations.

Business Combinations

We utilize the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and allocate the purchase price of an acquisition to the various tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues and expenses, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. Other estimates include:

 

    Estimated step-ups or write-downs for fixed assets and inventory;

 

    Estimated fair values of intangible assets; and

 

    Estimated income tax assets and liabilities assumed from the target.

 

54


Table of Contents

While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the business acquisition date, our estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the purchase price allocation period, which is generally one year from the business acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. For changes in the valuation of intangible assets between preliminary and final purchase price allocation, the related amortization is adjusted in the period it occurs. Subsequent to the purchase price allocation period any adjustment to assets acquired or liabilities assumed is included in operating results in the period in which the adjustment is determined.

Should we issue shares of our common stock in an acquisition, we will be required to estimate the fair market value of the shares issued.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for OSS in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and we are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including

 

55


Table of Contents

income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and we do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is related primarily to our revolving line of credit. We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes primarily through our borrowing activities for our variable rate borrowings.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. We place our cash and cash equivalents with financial institutions with high

 

56


Table of Contents

credit quality. At September 30, 2017, we had $488,584 of cash and cash equivalents on deposit or invested with our financial and lending institutions.

We provide credit to customers in the normal course of business. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers’ financial condition and limit the amount of credit extended when deemed necessary.

Foreign Currency Risk

We operate primarily in the United States. Foreign sales of products and services are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. We also conduct limited business outside the United States through our foreign subsidiary in Germany, where business is largely transacted in non-U.S. dollar currencies particularly the Euro, which is subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Accordingly, we are subject to exposure from changes in the exchange rates of local currencies. Consequently, changes in the exchange rates of the currencies may impact the translation of the foreign subsidiaries’ statements of operations into U.S. dollars, which may in turn affect our consolidated statement of operations.

We have not entered into any financial derivative instruments that expose us to material market risk, including any instruments designed to hedge the impact of foreign currency exposures. We may, however, hedge such exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations in the future.

 

57


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

OSS designs, manufactures and markets high-end systems for high performance computing (“HPC”) applications. We combine state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design and manufacture purpose-built systems that allow our customers to exploit Big Data opportunities faster and more efficiently. HPC applications require ultra-fast processing power and the ability to quickly access and store ever growing data sets. We are uniquely positioned as a specialized provider for the high-end of this marketplace providing custom servers, compute accelerators, solid-state storage arrays and system expansion systems. We deliver this high-end technology to our customers through the sale of equipment and software for use on a customer’s premises or through remote cloud access to secure datacenters housing our technology.

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021, representing a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 4.3%. We are establishing a leading position as a provider of HPC servers, compute accelerators and flash storage arrays to the high-end of this growing marketplace. Today, we believe we are one of the largest providers of PCIe over cable adapters and expansion systems used worldwide. We supply systems that attach to both existing servers through PCIe cables as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and SSD storage all included in a single product. OSS systems offer high performance in a physically dense packaging, enabling our customers to build massive compute and storage clusters that occupy less space and require less power and cooling than conventional systems. We also sell software used to operate flash-based storage systems for defense systems and commercial applications.

The more GPUs and flash-based storage devices available to a server, the faster it can process, store, and retrieve data. PCIe is increasingly the preferred technology for connecting system components together. We have built leading edge expertise in PCIe expansion technology and leveraged it to design and build systems that offer a higher quantity and density of GPUs and flash devices than competing suppliers.

A key element of our product strategy is technological market leadership. We believe a first-to-market strategy is key to our ability to continue to win significant OEM design wins. As a result, we are constantly developing the new state-of-the-art products that are often based on components that do not yet exist. Our ability to drive the leading edge of technology is enabled by our strong relationships with strategic component manufactures, particularly Intel (for CPUs), NVIDIA (for GPUs), Western Digital (for SSD) and Broadcom (for PCIe switch components). In each of these cases, OSS has special access (under non-disclosure agreements) to product roadmaps and other technical information relating to future technology. Access to this information allows us to begin our design process well before the future components we are designing for even exist. This accelerates our time-to-market, and allows us to produce and release state-of-the-art designs well ahead of our competitors.

Today, HPC applications are moving beyond the traditional academic and scientific realms to broad application in enterprise applications across the spectrum of vertical markets. These applications include computationally intense areas like artificial intelligence (“AI”), deep learning, seismic exploration, predictive analytics, medical imaging, genomics, cyber security and defense. We are well positioned to leverage these market megatrends and capitalize on our unique core competencies in high speed system design. We have a proven track record of delivering first-to-market the latest and most advanced technologies, and have continued to do so recently with high-end GPU accelerators and high-performance SSD arrays with light-weight removable high-capacity canisters. These products fit solidly into the emerging HPC market.

OSS sells its products worldwide to industry leading customers like Cisco, disguise (formerly d3), National Instruments, Northrop Grumman, Oracle and Raytheon. We are a strategic partner to technology leaders that include Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, and Broadcom, whose technology is integrated into our products. We are investing in new adjacent segments to our core product lines, including HPC storage management software and HPC cloud services. We anticipate continued market growth in our target markets and sustaining the ability to increase market share through leadership technology, engineering expertise, supply chain management and go-to-market innovation.

 

58


Table of Contents

We were originally organized as One Stop Systems, LLC, a California limited liability company in 1998 before converting into One Stop Systems, Inc., a California corporation in 1999. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation. In connection with the closing of this offering, we will reincorporate as a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2235 Enterprise Street, Suite 110, Escondido, CA 92029 and our telephone number is (760) 745-9883. Our website address is www.onestopsystems.com. Information contained in, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address is for reference purposes only.

Industry Background

High Performance Computing (HPC) refers to computing solutions capable of processing large amounts of data and storing and retrieving that data at speeds 10-1,000 times faster than a typical personal computer. Increasingly, commercial companies, financial entities, governmental agencies, including the Department of Defense (DoD), and academic institutions are turning to HPC solutions to analyze vast amounts of data and to quickly obtain meaningful and actionable insights. Traditional computing systems using CPUs (Central Processing Units) are inefficient in quickly processing large data sets of information. Two technologies, GPU computing, and flash memory, enable systems to process and store data more efficiently than traditional systems. By harnessing large quantities of these components, companies can receive necessary data analysis much more quickly. Industry experts typically divide the HPC market into the following categories:

 

    Servers – This market represents all HPC servers, which is composed of Supercomputers (>$500,000 per unit), Divisional Servers ($250,000-$500,000), Departmental Servers ($100,000-$250,000), and Workgroup Servers (<$100,000 per unit).

 

    Storage – This includes both traditional hard disc drives and flash storage devices.

 

    Middleware – A broad category encompassing programming environments, schedulers, and other tools outside the operating system.

 

    Applications – Specific applications for high performance computing.

 

    Services – All services associated with high performance computing.

Intersect360 Research categorizes and projects sales in the total HPC market.

High Performance Computing Market by Product Category — Total Market Forecast by Economic Sectors ($M)

 

     2016      2017      2018      2019      2020      2021      CAGR  

Servers

     11,471        11,947        12,480        13,072        13,370        14,443        3.91

Storage

     5,778        6,113        6,460        6,845        7,272        7,772        4.95

Services

     3,824        3,877        3,939        4,010        4,090        4,174        1.47

Software

     8,910        9,188        9,502        9,852        10,243        10,775        3.22

Networks

     2,767        2,855        2,955        3,066        3,190        3,324        3.10

Cloud

     784        854        930        1015        1108        1210        7.50

Other

     2,053        2,090        2,134        2,183        2,238        2,296        1.88
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     35,587        36,923        38,400        40,042        41,871        43,944        4.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Source: HPC Advisory Council Website, Market Report, HPC Market Update, Total HPC Market by Revenue, June 2017, Report by Intersect360 Research, authored by Addison Snell, Christopher Willard, Ph.D., and Laura Segervall. (Accessed on July 23, 2017)

 

59


Table of Contents

The markets for these products are large, and growing, albeit currently fragmented. The industry sectors that are currently or anticipated to require HPC systems are growing daily and include the following sectors at a minimum:

 

    Bio-Sciences

 

    Astrophysics

 

    Quantum Chemistry

 

    Aerodynamic Design and Modeling

 

    Computer Aided Engineering

 

    Chemical Engineering

 

    Distribution

 

    Economics/Financial – including econometrics, high frequency trading

 

    Environmental Data Acquisition

 

    Geosciences – including oil and gas exploration

 

    Mechanical Design – including virtual design and prototyping

 

    Defense

 

    Government Laboratories

 

    University/Academic

 

    Weather Forecasting

These industry sectors expect to deploy increasingly faster computing environments to meet industry and competitive goals. GPU computer acceleration and high-density flash storage are key subsets of the HPC market.

GPU Compute Acceleration

The capabilities and speed of GPU accelerated computers are beginning to drive significant advances in AI and machine learning. Massive amounts of data, when analyzed by today’s sophisticated algorithms, able to reveal unique patterns and insights. AI and machine learning are poised to transform worldwide business, as advances in computing speed and storage come together to enable businesses to solve complex problems.

High Density Solid-State Storage

The market for solid-state drives is large and growing. According to a study by MarketsandMarkets, a market research firm, the flash drive market is growing at 9.5% per year and is expected to reach $25.3 billion by 2022. The proliferation of larger and larger databases, virtualized servers, virtual desktop servers, analytic application servers, and other server configurations are feeding the need for faster and faster ways to access the data being produced or mined.

Traditionally, companies have used hard disk drive technology that has proved more than adequate as the price for these drives have continued to drop as the associated capacities have risen. This was especially true when the amounts of data generated were relatively low, and users were satisfied with the comparatively slow data retrieval and processing that traditional hard disk drives offered. Today, the huge amount of data being generated requires categorization, storage and ready access. The advent of flash drives has given the industry a new device that has faster access time, greater reliability, lower power consumption, lower noise, smaller size and less heat generation.

These drives are especially useful in the field of high performance computing, where one is generally dealing with larger amounts of data and/or the need for complex calculations to be completed very rapidly. In either case, speed and efficiency are paramount. Military systems, for example, generate vast amounts of data using sensor systems, radar systems, cryptanalysis, targeting systems, microwave communications, and a myriad of other applications. This data needs to be collected, analyzed and acted upon in a real-time environment.

 

60


Table of Contents

Key Components of Our Business

Product Development

Our systems are built using the latest GPU and flash storage technologies and draw upon years of expertise in designing and manufacturing semi-custom systems for OEMs. We have a history of being first to market with many solutions for emerging technologies. OSS first began designing and manufacturing custom systems for defense, manufacturing, and telecommunications customers. When PCIe (the interconnect used in most computers today) was first introduced by Intel Corporation in 2005, we were first to produce PCIe over cable adapters allowing system-to-system communication at incredible speeds. Today, we are one of the largest providers of PCIe adapters and expansion components used worldwide.

When GPU technology and solid-state flash were first introduced, we began designing systems that maximized the effectiveness of these technologies. We now produce compute systems with large numbers of GPUs and flash memory to allow faster processing and data storage and retrieval. The more GPUs and flash devices available to a server the faster that system can process and store/recover data, thus saving time and money for those applications. A readily recognized example is video imaging in defense applications when quickly knowing battlefield parameters is paramount.

We use leading edge, state-of-the art components from major technology providers to design purpose-built systems that solve customer problems in an efficient, cost-effective manner. We do not design silicon chips, but instead apply the technology provided by Intel, NVIDIA, Western Digital, Broadcom and others to deliver customer driven designs to provide true value to our customers.

Worldwide Sales

We provide our products on a worldwide basis and are supported through a network of reseller and distribution partners. Sales in North America are predominately driven by our direct sales force whereas European and Asian sales are driven through distributors.

In June 2015, we formed our wholly-owned subsidiary One Stop Systems, GmbH (“OSS GmbH”), located in Gröbenzell, Germany. It operates a regional facility formed to service customers in Europe, the Middle East and Africa. OSS GmbH was established to service OSS GmbH regional customers with faster product delivery, application engineering services and technical support. Our facility is centrally located outside of Munich, in a tech-rich region easily accessible to all of Europe and within just a few time zones of the Middle East and Africa. The office is staffed with knowledgeable technical personnel who can quickly resolve customer issues and facilitate quick delivery of their products. This facility also gives us the opportunity to provide an OEM warehousing location, as well as a service depot for equipment repair and rework that serves our growing customer base located outside of the United States.

New Business Initiatives

On April 6, 2017, OSS formed SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), a HPC as a Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. SkyScale is a 50/50 joint venture between OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity affiliated with a member of our board of directors, which allows customers to lease state-of-the-art high performance computing hardware. SkyScale’s cloud services provide a compelling value proposition for customers who want the fastest computing performance available, but may not have the budget or infrastructure available to support a full-time HPC system. SkyScale provides that infrastructure, including common HPC applications at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system. The customer gets access to their own infrastructure in the cloud, which is available 7 days a week, 24 hours a day. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to produce strong growth for OSS in the future. The SkyScale datacenter utilizes OSS servers and GPU compute accelerators. These systems can be clustered and

 

61


Table of Contents

scaled in the cloud to provide companies with the desired computing power for their high performance application requirements. We benefit from this new initiative in many ways including creating demand for the systems we build (as they are used by SkyScale), revenues from the service itself, exposure to a potential customer for our products as they grow, and our increased involvement on the software front.

On May 9, 2017, OSS entered into an agreement to acquire the source code license to the Ion SSD software from Western Digital. We plan to continue to develop and sell Ion software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as servicing existing Western Digital software users. OSS Ion software works with our all-flash storage systems, and provides them with a critical point of differentiation with respect to speed and throughput. The OSS Ion software leverages flash storage and open server hardware to accelerate applications and storage-area network performance through sharing or clustering high-speed all-flash storage arrays. The software supports many major OEM servers and provides an intuitive interface for system users to manage its many features. Having the Ion software source code and engineering team on-board allows us to strategically grow our all-flash storage business in the many Big Data and HPC markets.

What Sets OSS Apart

Several factors differentiate OSS from other suppliers of HPC solutions:

 

    Our expertise in PCIe expansion and building custom systems allows us to design reliable systems with a greater quantity of GPUs and flash storage devices than other suppliers.

 

    We design systems that both attach to existing servers through PCIe over cable leveraging our customer’s existing investments as well as all-in-one systems with the server, GPU computing and flash storage device all included in a single package.

 

    Our systems can be clustered together to build massive compute engines that occupy less space and power than conventional systems driving performance up and costs down for our customers.

 

    We produce the software required to operate high-capacity, low-latency storage systems used by defense systems and commercial applications and expect this will expand into other products in the future.

Our business model utilizes our products in two ways:

 

    We sell systems to OEM customers who use them in their own data centers for their own applications.

 

    We (via SkyScale) lease space on our own systems in our own data center for customers who prefer not to make the infrastructure investment require for owning their own systems.

Our niche is to provide reliable purpose-built platforms with the latest GPUs and flash storage devices that allow servers to access large numbers of these devices.

Business Strategy

We have traditionally followed a strategy of being first-to-market in leading edge technologies by designing and developing products that are delivered before our competitors. This market leader strategy is accomplished through what we term a “Catch the Wave” approach to the market. We currently have products and derivatives in the flash storage, GPU acceleration, and PCIe expansion markets. Within these three distinct market areas the OSS “Catch the Wave” approach implies that we:

 

    anticipate trends in these markets;

 

    consistently deploy resources in engineering and sales to bring innovative products to market before our competitors react;

 

    work closely and leverage strategic component supplies to get early access to future products and technologies;

 

    seek to procure early “design wins”, establishing the standard before our competitors can react; and

 

    continually survey the market for complementary technologies for which a new “Wave” may be forming.

 

62


Table of Contents

Growth Strategy

OSS intends to continue its rapid growth through three avenues:

 

    Ramp-up of Existing OEM and Military Design-wins

Many of our design wins are in the early stages, and we anticipate significant revenue growth as they move into full production.

 

    Winning New OEM and Military Program Designs

Our technology leadership provides the “in” to many potential OEM relationships. As we continue to grow the company, our capabilities and market recognition also grow rapidly, providing even more opportunities for OEM and military program design-ins.

 

    Acquisitions of strategic companies

OSS has an experienced team that has negotiated and managed numerous acquisitions of smaller companies. We have identified more than a dozen firms that we believe have potential to be acquired and provide significant, accretive value to OSS. Our initial public offering will assist in our acquisition activities by providing cash and stock which can be used selectively in future transactions.

OSS is using the following criteria for potential acquisition targets:

 

    Target has a presence in our served or desired markets.

 

    Target’s products can be easily integrated into our product portfolio and/or product roadmap resulting in an accretive benefit to our existing position.

 

    Target should be profitable with positive cash flow at the outset or shortly following the acquisition.

 

    Target’s products can provide $5-$15 million in incremental revenue.

 

    Target is relatively proximate, geographically to OSS in Southern California.

 

    Will consider companies that can extend our markets geographically.

 

    Will consider companies that have an existing incremental services revenue stream.

Our acquisition strategy has the following benefits for OSS and our stockholders:

 

    Immediate acquisition of new customers and products. Acquisition of new engineering, sales, administrative and operations personnel.

 

    The increase in size and scale of OSS which can be leveraged to lower overall costs and drive up margins/profits.

 

    Increased credibility with customers, vendors, and suppliers.

Based on our current plans and business conditions, we believe that existing cash, amounts available under the revolving line of credit, offering proceeds received from this offering, and cash generated from operations, will be sufficient to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. As discussed in “Use of Proceeds”, due to our current cash flow position, we plan to allocate the proceeds from this offering to debt reduction and working capital which may include acquisitions of complementary businesses, products, services or technologies and not to cover existing operating expenses. Our current cash flow from operations is anticipated to be sufficient to cover our existing expenditures.

Our Opportunity

The worldwide HPC market is expected to grow from $35.6 billion in 2016 to $43.9 billion by 2021. Within this market, OSS is positioned in the server (custom and GPU accelerators), storage (flash arrays), PCIe expansion and adapters, and services sectors. The service sector is addressed with services being delivered over the cloud as Infrastructure as a Service, (IaaS). We will address each of these sectors below:

 

    Custom Built Servers

 

63


Table of Contents
    GPU Compute Accelerators

 

    All Flash Arrays

 

    PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

 

    Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

Custom Built Servers

Within the server sector, OSS has a niche position of building purpose-built specialty servers, which the major server suppliers choose not to supply as they require custom tuning and special features that major OEMs cannot easily provide. Such flexibility is difficult to maintain for major suppliers because their systems are not designed to reflect specific customer specifications. For example, OSS designs and builds a custom server with custom connectors and 16 high definition video media outputs that are used in the entertainment industry to provide multimedia at a live performance.

These servers can be accelerated or not, but they are built generally to the latest release of PCIe. For HPC applications, these servers can be designed to support GPUs, either within the server itself or via PCIe-over-cable to an external GPU compute accelerator chassis designed and manufactured by OSS.

We believe the custom server segment is growing much faster than the standard server segment, which has contributed greatly to the growth of OSS. As presented in the table by Intersect360 Research above, the market for HPC servers is expected to be approximately $14.4 billion by 2021. Intersect360 estimates the market shares for HPC servers to be as follows:

 

Hewlett Packard

     33.0

Dell

     26.4

Lenovo

     6.9

IBM

     6.8

Cray

     4.5

ATOS/Bull

     2.6

Inspur

     2.0

Fujitsu

     1.8

Penguin

     1.5

Huawei

     1.2

Others

     13.5

It is our experience that OSS is increasingly competitive in the “Others” category, where customers require their systems to meet specific operational specifications, power requirements, speed, latency, or other requirements not covered by traditional designs. We estimate that our addressable market for HPC computers is approximately 20% of the “Others” category in the above chart. This translates to an addressable market size of approximately $389 million with our current engineering capability and product set. We hope to use the capital raised by this offering to accelerate our growth to capitalize on this market segment.

GPU Compute Accelerators

GPU computing uses hardware chips that are optimized to perform mathematical calculations in a rapid fashion. NVIDIA is the market leader in the design and manufacturing of these components. OSS works closely with NVIDIA to design and build systems which use multiple GPUs to accelerate the applications being run by the computer.

 

64


Table of Contents

The unique design of the GPU provides thousands of processing “cores” which act as individual coprocessors to speed up the calculations on large data sets. It is generally believed that traditional processor designs, which have been driven by “Moore’s Law,” are reaching the limits of what is physically possible in speed and throughput. GPU acceleration is driving many of the newest and fastest growing technology opportunities in this new age of computing. This is a relatively new phenomenon. Indeed, many of the applications that are gaining notoriety today have only become possible because of the ability of GPUs to optimize computational throughput, perform many tasks at once, and make sense of the massive amounts of data that is available to high performance algorithms.

Markets such as image rendering and processing, self-driving cars, deep learning, molecular modeling and genomics, advanced visualization, machine learning, and image processing, all benefit from the ability to use GPUs to accelerate the application. OSS builds compute accelerators, using the latest GPU technology, to attach to traditional servers used in these emerging growth markets. Because of the relative newness of these markets, little market data exists to precisely define these markets, but we estimate these markets to be very large and growing. While we are beginning from a small base, we expect these markets to be valued in the billions of dollars in the near future. Because our strategy has been to be first-to-market with the fastest and densest compute accelerator appliances, we anticipate our addressable market here to be in the hundreds of millions of dollars.

We also have a strong position in the government market which, according to Intersect360, constitutes 26% of the market that is growing to $43.9 billion by 2021. An emerging market, slightly different from traditional HPC markets, is the hyperscale market, which is a scalable, web-facing application infrastructure that is distinct from traditional IT infrastructure. OSS products can form a basis for companies who wish to participate in the hyperscale market, which includes deep learning and AI. This is a major technology trend that OSS is addressing through its product roadmap and investment in SkyScale, a company that provides HPC infrastructure as a service through a cloud-based interface. Intersect360 estimates the deep learning market was worth more than $2.0 billion in 2016, with nearly 100% growth projected from 2017 to 2018.

All Flash Arrays

We build flash storage arrays to customer specifications utilizing our unique know-how in packaging, cooling, and PCIe-over-cable. We deliver dense, high-performance systems that provide customers with extreme value and utility in the most demanding, data-intensive operations.

Through a strategic agreement with Western Digital, we have acquired a source code license to utilize their proprietary Ion flash array software, which provides OSS flash arrays with a high level of differentiation around management, latency and throughput. Although we maintain an offering of standard flash array products, our expertise and success has been in providing arrays with specialized packaging for demanding applications that are not suitable for standard offerings.

For example, we provide products to a large military/government contractor for integration into a military aircraft that required us to rethink packaging and data portability. This resulted in the development of a product that provides extreme data density with low weight, and a high degree of portability and security for the data. We developed this product, from concept to design and prototype, within a very short period and with outstanding results. We believe our experience and capability in high speed, low-latency, digital signaling via PCIe gives us an edge in providing these custom designs to OEMs, integrators, and other special purpose applications.

The overall market for flash arrays is growing rapidly. According to the Dell’Oro Group, the flash storage market totaled more than $1.3 billion in the first quarter of 2017, up 48% compared to the same year-ago quarter, and is expected to grow 40% in 2017. About 86% of the total in the first quarter was attributed to traditional large OEMs, like Dell EMC, NetApp, Hewlett Packard Enterprise, Pure Storage and IBM. The remaining 14%, or total revenue of about $182 million in the first quarter of 2017, is addressed by many smaller flash storage providers, including OSS. We believe that because our products are positively differentiated by speed, density, and management features, our offerings compete favorably in this market and provide a substantial growth opportunity.

 

65


Table of Contents

OSS participates in the broader market for dense, fast flash storage systems that may or may not be deployed into HPC environments. Since we develop custom flash storage arrays, we work closely with both OEMs and end users to insure they receive the product they want in the specific configuration, size and weight required for their application. We believe this gives OSS an advantageous position in a market that is growing rapidly and allows us to favorably compete in the market. We also believe our unique approach to building arrays and appliances based on leading-edge technology is one of the key factors driving our growth.

PCIe Expansion and Adaptors

PCIe (PCI Express) is a high-speed computer expansion standard. This standard defines the signals and connectors (i.e. slots) that are used for computer add-in cards (such as Ethernet or graphics). PCIe signaling can also be routed over a cable, allowing expansion input/output slots to be physically located in a separate chassis.

Being able to route PCIe over a cable facilitates disaggregation of server functionality. That is, with PCIe, certain server functions no longer needed to be contained in the physical server chassis, but could instead be separated and continue to operate at full speed. From a practical perspective, servers could now be connected directly to larger storage arrays or other peripheral devices, with the resulting group of chassis operating as if they were all in the same physical chassis.

We began developing our first PCIe-over-cable adaptor in 2006, and were one of the early providers of PCIe adaptors. We recognized this as prime opportunity to utilize our core strengths, such as:

 

    High-speed board design and layout

 

    Hardware tuning to improve signal integrity

 

    Design optimization for low cost

 

    Rapid design capability

 

    Manufacturing and supply chain management

This technology has now become a standard within the computer industry, and OSS customers have used our adaptors to connect their custom input/output chassis and achieve performance equivalence as if the input/output was integrated into the server box. This gives designers and integrators a degree of flexibility and utility in architecting computer systems that is unprecedented. For example, one of our customers has utilized PCIe-over-cable to connect its high performance video editing systems to a host computer, providing a system that is optimized for an application using standard servers. We have expanded our PCIe adaptor market in breadth and depth, including making adaptors for many OEM customers. To date, we have shipped more than 100,000 PCIe adaptor cards to customers globally.

With our expertise developed in designing adaptor cards, the logical extension of our capability led us to develop a method for expanding the PCIe bus into an external chassis containing one or many expansion slots. This allowed a customer to install multiple standard PCIe boards into a chassis and expand their system without having to add additional servers. A user could now connect a multiplicity of PCIe devices to a single server, and achieve performance and throughput that was not possible prior to the introduction of PCIe.

We have been a leader in PCIe expansion backplanes and chassis through generations 1, 2 and 3. As PCIe evolves through generations 4 and 5, we are uniquely positioned to continue our leadership role in this market. We currently offer what we believe to be the largest PCIe expansion product line breadth, with chassis and backplanes that offer expansion from one to 64 slots. Due to its greater data throughput and flexibility of design, we believe this is a growing market, and we intend to maintain our leadership role.

Cloud Services (IaaS – Infrastructure as a Service)

One of the fastest growing areas of the HPC market is providing HPC services in the cloud. The cloud HPC market is estimated to grow to $10.8 billion by 2020 at an estimated compound annual growth rate of 19.9%,

 

66


Table of Contents

according to market research published by MarketsandMarkets. Cloud HPC makes it possible for enterprises to achieve rapid scalability for mission critical applications. Such services are fast and easy to deploy, and require less capital and operating overhead, which enables enterprises to focus on their core business activities.

We are ideally suited to participate in this market opportunity given our position in GPU acceleration and high-speed storage technology. In May 2017, we announced a partnership with SkyScale, LLC, a High-Performance Computing-as-a-Service (HPCaaS) provider to offer customers world-class, ultra-fast, multi-GPU hardware platforms in the cloud. This joint venture allows the leasing of state-of-the-art high-performance computing hardware at rates which provide a compelling value proposition to customers who want the fastest performance available, but are not interested in running their own HPC datacenter or committing to the significant capital investment. SkyScale provides this infrastructure, including common HPC applications, at a fraction of the cost of the full-time system.

SkyScale utilizes our equipment and hosts it in a state of the art, ultra-secure and highly reliable datacenter in San Diego. Through SkyScale, customers get access to their own infrastructure in the cloud which is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This is our first foray into the growing “Infrastructure as a Service” (IaaS) market, and is expected to become a cornerstone of growth for OSS. It also provides our sales teams with the ability to provide ‘try-to-buy’ programs, where customers considering purchase of on premise equipment can first test their compute environment via the SkyScale cloud infrastructure.

SkyScale addresses three classes of customers: First, it provides dedicated HPC GPU compute nodes to end-user customers on a weekly or monthly rental basis. These customers are typically either developers in deep learning and AI, or engineering teams doing complex simulation tasks in vertical industries, like automotive, aerospace, or oil and gas. Second, SkyScale provides the backend hardware cloud infrastructure that can be utilized by specialized cloud service providers that have a front-end customer portal. In this instance, SkyScale’s infrastructure is private-labeled by the front-end service provider and often as a HPC line extension of the AWS (Amazon Web Services) or Microsoft Azure hosted service. Lastly, SkyScale provides virtual private clouds for enterprises that want HPC hardware in the cloud, but also want a dedicated resource rather than using a public service like AWS.

SkyScale cloud offerings are based on today’s latest NVIDIA high end GPU called Pascal (P100). In keeping with our first-to-market strategy, SkyScale will be the first cloud provider to offer NVIDIA’s next generation GPU called Volta (V100) later this year.

Our Cloud Services business is still in its early stages. To date, we have not generated substantial revenues from this line of business.

Our Technology

We design and manufacture high performance computing systems that revolutionize the data center by increasing compute performance while reducing cost and impact to the infrastructure. Our high-density compute accelerators connect directly to a server’s PCIe bus, delivering substantial compute performance. Our flash storage arrays support hundreds of terabytes of high-speed storage that can also be accessed by multiple servers.

Technology Drivers for OSS HPC Business

OSS has developed expertise and core competencies in the three fundamental technology drivers of today’s HPC market. Namely, high-speed serial interconnect technology, massively parallel computing utilizing GPUs, and low latency flash storage. In combination, these technologies are fundamentally changing the economics of computing, bringing HPC within the grasp of a wide range of new industries and commercial applications. Simultaneously the explosion of massive data being generated in each of these industries is pushing the requirement for state-of-the-art HPC technology, AI, and machine learning to transform this data economically and efficiently to useful and actionable information.

The opportunity is not only to provide competitive advantage for corporations, but also address some of the most fundamental challenges in life science, energy and security facing the world today. OSS is ideally situated to

 

67


Table of Contents

leverage these major industry forces. By exploiting its unique set of expertise in the underpinning technologies of HPC, OSS will continue to deliver world leading HPC solutions, with the opportunity to capture a growing market share of this rapidly expanding marketplace.

Switched Serial Interconnect

Switched serial interconnects are the data highways connecting all elements of today’s high-performance computing platforms. At ever increasing speeds, these pathways move data between system’s processing units, storage, networking, and peripheral elements. Bottlenecks in these data highways negatively impact the overall performance of the applications running on the system. Today for high performance computing the primary processing, direct attached storage and peripheral interconnect is PCIe Gen 3. PCIe Gen 3 has an ability to run up to 16 lanes in parallel, which allows up to 16 gigabytes per second theoretical bandwidth between system elements.

Serial switches incorporated in system design allow many system elements to be connected together in a non-blocking interconnect fabric at PCIe Gen 3 speeds. This allows systems to scale internally avoiding bottlenecks. The serial interconnect can be embedded directly in the computer printed circuit boards, across connectors board-to-board, or traverse across copper or optical cables for chassis-to-chassis connection. Due to the extremely high speeds, the design considerations around signal integrity are rigorous and with unforgiving tolerances. PCIe Gen 4 will begin deployment in early 2018, doubling the interconnect speed, and PCIe Gen 5 is expected early in the next decade.

Serial interconnects are also used to interconnect nodes into larger scale networks and clusters. In this case, the primary interconnects are Infiniband and Ethernet. These technologies have the advantage of scaling to very high numbers of network elements over potentially large distances. The tradeoff over PCIe is higher latency (transit time across the interconnect) and protocol complexity requiring processing cycles to manage. Many HPC deployments incorporate these interconnect technologies in order to deliver large scale solutions with optimized technology selections for each system aspect.

GP-GPUs: Computational GPUs.

Over the last several years, GPUs have evolved from graphics display acceleration to becoming general-purpose processing workhorse of HPC systems. Today, the majority of the fastest supercomputers in the world utilize GPUs as their primary compute engines. GPUs are ideal for HPC workloads because of their ability to do massively parallel processing. While traditional CPUs today may have dozens of processing cores, GPUs have thousands of cores that are all able to execute calculations simultaneously.

For many HPC applications, fundamental pieces of the code can be optimized to run in parallel and therefore experience significant performance enhancements. NVIDIA, a key supplier of GPUs to the market, has done extensive benchmarking showing the ability of single GPU based machines to exceed the performance of dozens or even thousands of traditional CPU only computers. NVIDIA has worked extensively with the software development community, and hundreds of HPC applications have been tuned and developed to run on GPUs.

The current NVIDIA GPU Applications catalog lists more than 400 such applications across a broad set of market spaces including:

 

    Computational Finance

 

    Climate, Weather and Ocean Modeling

 

    Computational Chemistry and Biology

 

    Data Science and Analytics

 

    Deep Learning and Machine Learning

 

    Federal Defense and Intelligence

 

68


Table of Contents
    Genomics

 

    Manufacturing

 

    Media and Entertainment

 

    Medical Imaging

 

    Oil and Gas

 

    Safety and Security

Many of these applications also scale performance based on the number of GPUs utilized. OSS has designed multi-GPU systems including up to 16 GPUs in a single system. Current state-of-the art GP-GPUs includes Pascal 100 from NVIDIA, providing up to 4.7 teraflops of double precision performance, including 3,584 cores and up to 16 gigabytes of memory. NVIDIA’s next generation GPU, Volta, will increase performance to 7.5 teraflops double precision, and will include extensive optimizations for AI algorithms. Volta is expected to be available by the end of 2017.

Although GPUs provide tremendous application performance advantages, they pose significant system design challenges due to their power requirements. Today’s high-end GPUs can require up to 300 watts of power, which generates a tremendous amount of heat. Sophisticated power distribution and cooling designs are required, especially for large scale systems with multi-GPUs per chassis.

PCI Express Flash Storage

The use of flash memory technology for system storage has gained traction over the last several years, as the cost per gigabyte has continued to drop. Initially relegated to the ‘hot data’ tier in a layered storage architecture, flash memory is now becoming the ubiquitous storage technology in HPC systems across all performance and capacity tiers.

Combined with the move away from traditional rotating hard drive technology has been the trend toward eliminating traditional storage protocols in favor of low latency flash memory protocols. SSD drives using solid state memory connect directly to the system’s PCIe interconnect. This direct connection allows for very high bandwidth between the storage and the other system elements, and eliminates the need for protocol translation as data is moved from storage subsystems to and from the compute complex.

Today, SSD drives with capacities up to 8 terabytes and PCIe Gen 3 interfaces are available. OSS flash storage arrays with hundreds of terabytes of capacity are available, enabling the scaling of high-speed storage to meet the full range of HPC application requirements.

Core Technical Capabilities

For nearly 20 years, OSS has developed unique expertise and core competency across the fundamental technologies of today’s rapidly expanding HPC marketplace. These valuable assets are embedded in the leading-edge engineering capabilities of our engineers, the proprietary intellectual property residing in our vast library of designs, and our brand equity based on our reputation as a high-quality producer of state-of-the-art custom and standard solutions across a broad array of markets.

High Speed System Interconnect Design

Our electrical engineers are experts in high speed digital signaling design. They have continually designed at the leading edge of the state-of-the-art signaling speeds, as semiconductor technology has driven up the clock rate of digital transmission. We have consistently been among a small handful of companies able to come to market first with the latest technology. In fact, we delivered the industry’s first PCIe link solutions for PCIe Gen 1, Gen 2 and Gen 3 and are currently on track to accomplish this again in Gen 4. The expertise required includes circuit design,

 

69


Table of Contents

PCB (printed circuit board) layout and routing optimizations all with a focus on achieving the highest levels of signal integrity. In our current systems, PCIe Gen 3 signals are propagated across multiple PCBs, connectors, and copper cabling while maintaining the ability to recognize digital signal transitions at 8 billion times per second.

In HPC systems the trajectory of ever increasing signaling speeds will not abate with next generations of PCIe, and nvlink pushing to 16 and 20 gigahertz (billions of transitions per second). An ever-shrinking set of companies have the capability to design robust, highly-reliable systems at these speeds. We believe our core competency in large-scale, high-speed design and layout will allow us to remain on the forefront of this growing industry.

Complex System Design

In addition to low-level signal integrity design expertise, we have amassed expertise and intellectual property in HPC system architecture design. This expertise allows us to develop extremely sophisticated systems with massive scaling, while meeting customer demands for reliability, cost, and flexibility. OSS HPC platforms integrate with server platforms from all major server OEMs, including Dell, HP, IBM, Oracle, and Cisco.

Often elements of the vendor’s servers need to be adapted to meet the scale required by HPC customers. We have developed the deep knowledge for basic input/output systems and operating system adjustments and configuration tuning required. Often, design enhancements are required for each successive generation of CPU technology. Our engineers are often called upon to consult with OEM designers to tune and enhance their systems.

For highly scalable systems, a deep understanding and experience with switching topologies and interconnect fabric design is required. We have worked with serial switching technology starting with the first generation of PCIe and have been an innovator in creating unique and flexible topologies to meet the specific needs of the customers. Creating custom solutions for unique customer solutions is a core competency and relies on this deep knowledge of switch capabilities and limitations.

For maximum system performance, design for optimizing data transfer speeds is also an important consideration. OSS has developed expertise in system design to leverage peer to peer data flows between GPUs and pioneering techniques for optimized data flows between SSD Storage and GPU compute engines. Our systems optimize switch and GPU configuration topologies to optimize GPU to GPU communication without requiring latency-inducing data transfer between host dual processors. Our platforms feature RDMA (remote direct memory access) across compute nodes, which supports data transfer without burdening the host CPU.

We continue to be a leader in developing unique solutions leveraging PCIe. These system level design capabilities are uniquely part of our core engineering capabilities, and allow us to respond to specific customer custom requirements with high value, differentiated solutions.

OSS has pioneered the ability to extend the PCIe bus beyond the confines of a single enclosure, opening the possibility of flexible system expansion options. We believe are one the leading designers and suppliers of PCIe host bus adapters that extend PCIe signals from the host motherboard across copper or optical cables to expansion enclosures. OSS adapters provide both ends of the external cable connection. Our expertise in high-speed signal design in printed circuit boards, connectors and cables is essential to successful expansion designs. We also hold expertise in incorporating clustering and rack scale expansion into our system designs, including up to 100 gigabit Ethernet, 100 gigabit+ Infiniband, and emerging PCIe top-of-rack switch technology.

Expertise in power, cooling and mechanical design are required to address the requirements of the HPC customers. We have developed leadership design capability in high-power design and distribution within large rack enclosures. High-end GPUs today require 300 watts or above, and in our high-end systems up to 16 of these can reside in a single chassis. Thousands of kilowatts of redundant power is required. Power stability and huge thermal loads are some of the critical design issues that must be addressed.

 

70


Table of Contents

We have expertise in power distribution, redundant power and complex chassis cooling design, including materials selection, airflow simulation, fan technology, liquid cooling, and cable routing. We have also developed extensive intellectual property in regulatory compliance of complex HPC system design across emission, shock, vibration, thermal, humidity and other environmental requirements that are required for highly reliable and highly available solutions. OSS engineers are experts in design for regulatory testing for FCC (Federal Communications Commission), CE (European Conformity), UL (Underwriters Laboratories), and Mil-Spec (Military Standard). Additionally, we have expertise in rapid prototyping, design for manufacturability, and design for serviceability.

Storage Management Software

Given our hardware design and integration expertise, we see the next natural step is to add a robust software capability that will allow us to offer more optimized and customized systems. By licensing source code for the Ion software and hiring the members of the software design team from Western Digital, we now have the in-house expertise to deliver full server and storage solutions that produce the highest performance from today’s leading-edge flash storage, GPUs and processors.

The Ion software allows flash-based cards and drives to be put into a variety of storage and network configurations, which can then be accessed by multiple servers. The Ion software can do this cost-effectively, while preserving the low latency that is vital for many business and mission-critical enterprise applications, from database and transaction processing to massive data collection programs. Ion also has a full high-availability option to ensure complete data integrity.

In-house mature and established foundational storage software allows OSS to add new products and capabilities to its product portfolio. Possibilities range from increasing data efficiency with de-duplication and compression, to improving system manageability and adding software-defined storage to our server products.

Given the recent closing of the Ion transaction, we have yet to generate substantial revenues from this line of business.

Benefits of Technology and Core Capabilities to our Customers

Due to our core capabilities, we can provide our HPC customers with high-performance platforms possessing extreme reliability and cost effectiveness. Such performance allows our customers to solve bigger problems faster, and save the cost and time of highly-paid engineers, data scientists, and other human resources. Our technology enhances innovation by allowing more ‘what-if’ analysis in a finite amount of time. Our price/performance leadership enhances our customers’ competitiveness, and lowers capital expense and total cost of ownership.

Our Products

OSS has developed a complete line of products that have been customized for the benefit of its customers.

GPU Appliances – high-density, fully integrated computer clusters that are purpose-built for user applications. They provide thousands of cores and hundreds of teraflops of computing performance.

GPU Expansion – expansion units can add hundreds or thousands of computing cores with hundreds of teraflops of computing performance to virtually any OEM server.

Flash Storage and Network Appliances – networked storage appliances optimized for the environment and system software of our customers. These offer flexible and powerful turnkey, customer-driven solutions for the HPC market.

Flash Storage Arrays – arrays that provide hundreds of terabytes of storage and millions of input/output operations per second with flash memory. They are flexible, powerful, and configurable for customers in the HPC market.

 

71


Table of Contents

Servers – OSS designs servers optimized for PCIe-over-cable expansion. Available in various turn-key and custom configurations, they provide simple, reliable and cost-effective server solutions. These servers are optimized to work seamlessly with other OSS systems and appliances.

Desktop Computing Appliances – OSS designs and builds desktop expansion appliances in many configurations that add input/output flexibility to any user’s desktop system. These appliances come pre-configured with many combinations of flash memory, GPU, and coprocessors.

PCIe Expansion – PCIe is the standard for high speed connectivity from a server to a PCIe device. It provides vastly faster throughput compared to USB or Ethernet in a simple, cost-effective connection. It requires no special software, which adds no overhead to the system, and improves latency of throughput. OSS provides cables, kits, backplanes, enclosures, switches, and adaptor cards for this market.

Customers

We serve a global clientele consisting of multinational companies, governmental agencies, and leading technology providers. Some of our key customers are set forth below, including case studies illustrating how we provide custom solutions.

Epoch Concepts/Northrup Grumman/Missile Defense Agency – Epoch Concepts distributes enterprise virtualization and information technology solutions. The company offers system integration, implementation, disaster recovery, storage and desktop consolidation, network and server optimization, and application acceleration solutions. It caters to commercial, governmental, and public sectors. Epoch holds major defense and governmental contracting vehicles. OSS is working with Epoch and its customer, Northrup Grumman, to provide custom quad socket servers and 16 GPU compute accelerators to the Missile Defense Agency for radar simulation applications.

Raytheon/US Navy – OSS is working closely with Raytheon to build a customized flash storage array, with flash drives installed in removable canisters. Raytheon has installed these drives on a current military aircraft equipped with multiple sensors and data capture arrays. These devices are fully compliant with appropriate military specifications, include shock and vibration. Each canister has the capacity to save 50 terabytes of data and weighs only 6.5 pounds. This compares to a previous data storage device that weighed more than 155 pounds. Data is captured onto the OSS flash array canisters, which can be easily removed at the end of the mission for analysis. Our expertise in designing and manufacturing the highest-density flash arrays in the lightest, most compact package allow military aircraft to realize faster turn-arounds during critical missions.

disguise (formerly d3) – disguise is the leading provider of hardware and software, including workflow that allows their customers to produce live events, television broadcasts, theater effects, and special effects for concert tours. OSS has worked with disguise to design purpose-built, custom servers that act as video controllers for special effects at these events. These servers work seamlessly with disguise software applications, providing up to 16 simultaneous video outputs that supports a rich array of special effects. Events like the Super Bowl halftime show and numerous musical concerts rely upon disguise controllers, designed and produced by OSS, to deliver a lasting impression on audiences. OSS and disguise entered into an Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement (“OEM Agreement”), dated as of October 1, 2015. Per the terms of the OEM Agreement, disguise is not required to purchase a minimum amount of products from OSS. The OEM Agreement is for a five (5) year term, subject to extension upon mutual agreement of the parties.

National Instruments – National Instruments is a multinational company that produces automated test equipment and virtual instrumentation software. OSS provides several PXI/PXIe/PCIe interface cards that are branded by National Instruments. OSS acts as an extension to National Instruments’ engineering group, allowing National to complete their product roadmap in a timely and cost-effective manner.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts our focused on promoting sales and brand awareness.

 

72


Table of Contents

Sales

Our sales efforts are entail three main areas:

 

    End-user Sales – OSS maintains a web site and direct sales team that sell directly to end-users. This includes e-commerce sales via typical web store functionality, and direct calling of end-user customers to provide unique solutions that fits their needs. The OSS direct sales team typically works in the OSS booth at tradeshows, directly interacting with potential customers and presenting solutions for their HPC needs.

 

    OEM Sales –Our direct sales team also works to identify and develop potential OEM customers. This is the largest and fastest growing part of our business. For typical OEM customers, we design and build customer specified systems that are branded with the OEMs name and label. These companies then resell the products through their own channels. We actively seek this type of relationship, which is leveraged as a sales multiplier, allowing us to grow sales at a faster rate without adding more dedicated sales resources.

 

    Channels – We have a dedicated sales resource that manages our worldwide network of resellers and distributors. We typically sell standard products through these channels, which allows us to achieve global customer touch without requiring a physical presence in all geographies.

Marketing

Our marketing department focuses on building brand awareness in several ways. We generate interest by utilizing traditional and non-traditional marketing to convey the uniqueness and compelling value of our products and services. The markets we target include machine learning, deep learning, finance, defense/government, oil and gas exploration, virtual desktop infrastructure (VDI), media and entertainment. Among the many channels utilized are:

 

    Social Media – We regularly use Facebook and Twitter to instantly alert the followers of OSS to new events, products, services, and customer stories.

 

    Publications – We periodically publish white papers, customer success stories, and other demand generation articles in periodicals and newsletters that include InsideHPC, Storage Newsletter, and HPC wire. We also purchase print ads in many industry magazines.

 

    Trade Shows – OSS participates in many tradeshow and events during the marketing year. Among these are AFCEA/USNI West, Rice University Oil and Gas Conference, National Association of Broadcasters (NAB), GPU Technology Conference (GTC), Gearfest, ISC (high performance computing show), HPC Summit, Cloud Expo (via SkyScale), AI World (via SkyScale), Supercomputing, and GTC Tokyo. OSS evaluates the value and costs of each show on an annual basis, and the number and themes of our participation may change from year to year.

As we grow, it is anticipated our marketing efforts will likewise continue to increase in size and diversity.

Competition

In many cases, our primary competition is actually our potential customer. Our operational model lends itself to understanding technical and physical specifications, completing a rapid design based on our library of over 600 previous designs and prototypes, building a rapid prototype for customer approval, and an efficient design-to-manufacturing process.

Most of our OEM customers have sophisticated design capabilities in-house. They come to OSS for our particular expertise and experience, which allows us to work collaboratively with the customer to produce more advanced systems in a shorter timeframe. In most cases, the primary alternative to engaging OSS is for the customer to design the products themselves. We win when our customers realize that together we can produce better products faster and more cost-effectively than they can themselves. This has proven to be particularly evident when customers require state-of-the-art products that are constructed of parts available commercially. This has resulted in several design wins that demonstrate our flexibility and how we can work closely with large OEM and government customers.

 

73


Table of Contents

We also compete with established competitors, third party competitive products and new entrants into the markets we serve. Established competitors include IBM, Lenovo, HP and Dell. Each offers a broad range of standard products and services for this market. In many cases, these companies are able to meet their customer needs thought their standard product offerings. In other cases, these companies work with us to help extend their product capabilities to meet customer-specific requirements.

Third party competitive products include cases where the manufacturers of the underlying chip or board-level products decide to also offer system-level products. This is the case with Intel, nvidia, Western Digital and others. These offerings tend to be tactical, short-term products that are intended to demonstrate a new technology, rather than long-term forays into the systems business. In addition these “technology demonstration systems” tend to be priced at high levels, making them less competitive once the newness factor wears off.

New market entrants continue to move into the rapidly evolving HPC space. Some, such as Pure Storage, Next IO and Violin Memory, raise tremendous amounts of capital and endure huge loses in an attempt to establish market share. Some of these companies come and go fairly quickly (note Next IO and Violin Memory are both out of business) as they ran out of capital to continue operations over the long term.

Manufacturing and Operations

OSS is certified under ISO 9001-2008 for “design, manufacture, and supply of industrial computers.” This means OSS has demonstrated its ability to consistently provide products that meet both customer requirements and applicable regulatory or statutory requirements. It also indicates that we have programs and processes in place to ensure a high level of customer satisfaction, as well as a continuous improvement program that ensure OSS gets better over time.

We utilize lean principles to drive our manufacturing and assembly process. One of the key aspects of this is our application of just-in-time principles that ensure effective ordering and utilization of inventory, and this helps optimize cash flow throughout the manufacturing cycle. Within the manufacturing process, our operations encompass three categories of “builds:”

 

    Standard Builds – These are builds of standard products that are sold with little or no customization or non-standard features. These are products that are ready to be installed or integrated by the customer upon receipt.

 

    Custom Builds – custom builds involve a product built to a customer specification. Upon receipt, the customer has a unique product that performs all the functions and has the physical dimensions that match their specifications.

 

    Engineering Project Builds – OSS supports the product development process by building models and prototypes of products. Developed by the OSS engineering group, the prototypes can be of standard or custom products.

OSS is dedicated to quality and customer satisfaction. Within the manufacturing operations function at OSS, our processes begin with the end goal in mind. This means we start with the customer. All our business processes begin with the idea that the customer is the essence of why we exist. Our continuous improvement efforts require us to review products, services, and processes with the idea that minor changes can lead to greater outcomes for our customers.

While we are cognizant of the additive nature of small improvements, we believe a disciplined approach to improvement sometime leads to extraordinary, large, and positive advances in our products and services. This is extremely important to OSS, as our goal is to bring the most advanced leading-edge technologies to our customers before our competitors can. Our operations strategy supports our overall mission of being first to market with customized, leading-edge products that are best-in-market in terms of speed and overall performance.

 

74


Table of Contents

Research and Development

Research and development at OSS is centered on the exploitation of key technologies as they evolve in the marketplace. Our product roadmap reflects new component technologies for CPUs, GPUs, flash storage, and advanced PCIe switches. We design first-to-market, custom implementations utilizing these component technologies. Accordingly, our focus lies not in the capital-intensive development of silicon implementations of technologies (i.e., chips, processors, GPUs, or storage devices), but rather in taking leading-edge technologies and building first-to-market products that fully exploit those technologies for solving customer problems.

The OSS research and development strategy can be summarized as follows: OSS drives design wins by utilizing key new technologies to develop products that are leading edge and first to market.

Some examples of OSS developments:

 

    GPU compute accelerators with the most GPUs per rack unit.

 

    Networking of GPUs.

 

    Broad range of solutions, due to specific customer design.

 

    Capability to expand existing servers from virtually any OEM.

 

    First-to-market products as new GPUs are introduced by NVIDIA, Intel, Western Digital and Broadcom.

 

    Complete customization per the needs of our OEM customers.

 

    Integration of multiple new technologies (servers, GPUs, flash drives, and PCIe) into an optimized product for our OEM customers.

Intellectual Property

The primary intellectual property basis of OSS emanates from the more than 600 individual design projects we have undertaken over the decades since our founding. These designs are archived and cataloged, so we rarely begin a new design from scratch.

Over the years, our team has developed and maintained expertise in high-speed signal design and analysis, electronic and mechanical packaging, PCIe-over-cable, fiber optics transmission, high-speed/density flash arrays, and integration and deployment of GPUs in compute accelerators and servers. This extensive expertise positions us to expand and rationalize our product line to meet the growing and ever-changing HPC market.

Employees

As of September 30, 2017, we had approximately 75 employees including several contracted personnel. Our employees are typically highly skilled as engineers, technicians, assemblers, and support staff. They are housed in four facilities, and are led by a management team that is supportive and helpful. We have experienced very little turnover of personnel in the past and endeavor to provide an environment that allows meaningful employee input to all functional areas of the company. The management team provides transparency to its employees through monthly communication meetings designed to update all employees on current results and future expectations. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be strong.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are in a leased space approximately 17,911 square feet in Escondido, California under a lease that expires in August 2018. We occupy another facility in San Diego with approximately 13,588 square feet, which also expires in August 2018. SkyScale operates out of our San Diego facility and also leases data center space at a local data center. We also lease a small space near Munich, Germany for our German subsidiary,

 

75


Table of Contents

OSS GmbH and a 3,208 square foot facility in Salt Lake City, Utah that houses our Ion software development team. We are in the process of determining whether we want to extend our leases at the Escondido and San Diego locations or consolidate into a single, larger facility. We periodically review our lease arrangements at our Germany and Utah locations to determine whether they suit our needs.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may be a party to legal proceedings and subject to claims incident in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

76


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages, and positions of our executive officers and directors as of December 1, 2017.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Steve Cooper

     59      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

John W. Morrison, Jr.

     60      Chief Financial Officer

Jim Ison

     48      Vice President of Sales

Non-Employee Directors

     

Kenneth Potashner(1)(2)

     59      Director

John Reardon(2)(3)

     57      Director

William Carpenter(3)

     65      Director

Randy Jones

     66      Director

Jack Harrison(1)(2)

     62      Director

David Raun(1)(3)

     55      Director

 

(1) Member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
(3) Member of the Audit Committee.

Executive Officers

Steve Cooper has served as our chief executive officer, president and chairman of our board of directors since co-founding OSS in 1998. He brings more than 37 years of experience running high technology, high growth rate businesses as a technologist with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents. Mr. Cooper began his career with Intel and RadiSys in sales, marketing and technology roles. He has authored and published more than 30 articles and technical conference papers dealing with the computer technology, fault-tolerant computer architectures, bus interfacing standards, open systems and related business and technology issues. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from University of California at Santa Barbara.

John W. Morrison, Jr. has served as our chief financial officer since September 1, 2017. Mr. Morrison has been a CPA for more than 30 years with experience in public accounting and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. From June 2014 to September 2017, he served as the chief financial and operations officer for Carol Cole Company. Prior to Carol Cole, he served as a consultant to various private companies regarding their financial and operational affairs. From January 2013 to September 2013 he served as the chief financial officer of Gen-E, an information technology and services company for service providers and companies with large, complex networks. Mr. Morrison also served as the executive vice president and chief financial officer for the Kelley Blue Book Co for 11 years. He began his career working 15 years for the public accounting firm PricewaterhouseCoopers (now PwC) both in the U.S. and Asia. Mr. Morrison holds a B.S. in accounting and business management and M.S. in Accounting from Brigham Young University.

Jim Ison, has been with OSS since 2004 and currently serves as the VP of Sales. Mr. Ison has 26 years’ combined experience in the bus-board marketplace and the HPC industry. Prior to joining OSS, he held various sales and marketing positions centered on COTS military and converged communications accounts for Ziatech

 

77


Table of Contents

Corporation and Rittal Corporation. Mr. Ison holds a B.S. in aeronautical engineering from California Polytechnic State University, San Luis Obispo and an MBA from University of Florida.

Board of Directors

Kenneth Potsashner has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Potashner was most recently chief executive officer, president and chairman of SONICblue, Inc. from 1998 to 2002 and held the same positions with Maxwell Technologies from 1996 to 1998. He began his career with Texas Instruments and went on to hold executive-level roles with technology companies including Digital Equipment Corporation, Quantum Corporation and Conner Peripherals. He has held various board and advisory roles in high-technology companies over the years as well. Mr. Potashner holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Lafayette College and a M.S. in electrical engineering from Southern Methodist University. His extensive experience in board, executive and advisory roles of high technology companies are essential to our current and future growth.

John Reardon has served on our board of directors since 2000. Mr. Reardon currently serves as an independent director of Neonode, Inc. (Nasdaq: NEON), an optical touch and user interface company based in Stockholm, Sweden. He has served as the chair of Neonode’s audit, compensation, governance and pricing committees and assisted with Neonode’s initial public offering and listing on Nasdaq. Mr. Reardon also currently serves as the chief executive officer of RTC Media, LLC a media services company he founded in 1986 which performs services for global technology leaders like Intel, Oracle, ARM, Microsoft and Honeywell. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business marketing from National University. Mr. Reardon’s extensive experience as a director of several public and private companies, as well as his fundamental knowledge of OSS as a director for more than 10 years, brings value to his ongoing service as a director.

William Carpenter has served on our board of directors since 2006. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Mr. Carpenter has served on the board of directors of Kiran Analytics, Inc, a banking analytics company from 2013 to present, and CONNECT Foundation, a San Diego-based 501(c)(3) charitable foundation dedicated to accelerating and supporting the growth of entrepreneurial activities and business in San Diego County from 2001 to 2016. Mr. Carpenter was the co-founder, president, chief executive officer and director of TEAL Electronics, Inc. from 1986 to 2000 and served in various officer and director roles with Lytx, Inc. from 2002 to 2013. He holds a B.S. in electrical engineering from Princeton University and an MBA from Stanford University. Mr. Carpenter’s decades of experience in high-level officer and director roles in various technology companies makes him an invaluable asset to the board of directors.

Randy Jones has served as a director since December 2016. He also currently serves as a strategic consultant to OSS. Prior to joining OSS as a director and consultant, he served as the chief executive officer of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from April 2007 up through Magma’s acquisition by OSS in July 2016. Prior to Magma, he gained decades of senior and C-level experience in high technology companies including IBM, Sybase, Intelligent Electronics, Ingram Micro, and others. Mr. Jones holds an MBA from the University of California, Los Angeles and an M.S. in engineering sciences (bioengineering) from the University of California, San Diego. He brings a broad range of strategic knowledge in OSS’s industry by virtue of his time growing and developing Magma and his previous high-tech related roles.

Jack Harrison has served on our board of directors since December 2016. He served as the founder, president and chief executive officer of Aspen Integrated Technologies, a microelectronic company from 2000 until his retirement in 2011. Mr. Harrison currently serves as the chairman of the board of Reach Beyond, a non-profit charitable organization of which he has been affiliated since 2010. Mr. Harrison also assists OSS with our SkyScale joint venture of which he has a 50% ownership interest via his ownership of our joint venture partner, Jacoma Investments, LLC. Mr. Harrison holds a B.S. in biomedical engineering from Wheaton College. He brings decades of experience in the microelectronics space and his business and technical expertise represent important assets to OSS.

 

78


Table of Contents

David Raun has served on our board of directors since December 2016. Mr. Raun is currently the president, interim chief financial officer and COO of ASSIA, Inc. a Silicon Valley-based SaaS and strategic partner and solutions vendor to broadband service providers worldwide. Prior to ASSIA, he was with PLX Technology, Inc., a publicly-traded company on Nasdaq, from 2004-2014 where he eventually became president, chief executive officer and a director. As president and chief executive officer he led the company to an acquisition by Avago (now Broadcom). Mr. Raun holds a B.S. in computer and electrical engineering from University of California, Santa Barbara. In all, Mr. Raun holds more than 20 years of experience at senior management and board levels in public and private companies which is a great benefit to OSS .

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Director Independence

Our board of directors consists of seven members. Our board of directors has determined that Kenneth Potashner, John Reardon, William Carpenter, Jack Harrison and David Raun are all independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market. The Nasdaq independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by Nasdaq rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board of directors to understand the Company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board of directors as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board of directors has established three standing committees – audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance – each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.

 

79


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    Selecting and retaining (subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders) our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Setting the compensation of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm and pre-approving all audit services they provide;

 

    Approving all permitted non-audit services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Establishing policies and procedures for engagement of our independent registered public accounting firm for permitted audit and non-audit services;

 

    Evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    Reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

    Discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

    Reviewing the scope and plan of our independent registered public accounting firm and their effective use of audit resources;

 

    Reviewing with management and independent auditors their significant audit findings, and assess the steps that management has taken or proposes to take to minimize significant risks or exposures facing the Company, and periodically review compliance with such steps;

 

    Establishing procedures for the Company’s confidential and anonymous receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding the Company’s accounting, internal controls and auditing matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submissions by Company employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    Obtaining the advice and assistance, as appropriate, of independent counsel and other advisors as necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of the audit committee, and receive appropriate funding from the Company, as determined by the audit committee, for the payment of compensation to any such advisors;

 

    Reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters; and

 

    Reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun. Mr. Carpenter serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable Nasdaq rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Carpenter, Mr. Reardon and Mr. Raun are independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements of The Nasdaq Capital Market on the same schedule as we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements pursuant to Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules and Rule 10A-3 due to the fact that all members of our

 

80


Table of Contents

audit committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, policies relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees. The compensation committee approves, or recommends to our board of directors, annual and long-term corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, evaluates the performance of these officers in light of those goals and objectives and approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the compensation of these officers based on such evaluations. The compensation committee also approves, or recommends to our board of directors, the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity plan. The compensation committee will review and evaluate, at least annually, the performance of the compensation committee and its members, including compliance by the compensation committee with its charter.

The members of our compensation committee are Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon. Mr. Reardon serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Potashner, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Reardon are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market and all current members qualify as a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or Section 162(m). Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent compensation committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our compensation committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for assisting our board of directors in discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities regarding the identification of qualified candidates to become board members, the selection of nominees for election as directors at our annual meetings of stockholders (or special meetings of stockholders at which directors are to be elected), and the selection of candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and any committees thereof. In addition, the nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance policies, reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters and oversight of the evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner. Mr. Raun serves as the chairman of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Raun, Mr. Harrison and Mr. Potashner are independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The Nasdaq Capital Market relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. Under the applicable Nasdaq Capital Market rules, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent nominating and corporate governance committee requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market which require: (1) one independent member at the time of listing, (2) a majority of independent members within 90 days of listing and (3) all independent members within one year of listing. We are currently in compliance with Nasdaq rules due to the fact that all members of our nominating and corporate governance committee have been deemed independent by our board of directors. Upon the listing of our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

 

81


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Board Diversity

Upon the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for reviewing with the board of directors, on an annual basis, the appropriate characteristics, skills and experience required for the board of directors as a whole and its individual members. In evaluating the suitability of individual candidates (both new candidates and current members), the nominating and corporate governance committee, in recommending candidates for election, and the board of directors, in approving (and, in the case of vacancies, appointing) such candidates, will take into account many factors, including the following:

 

    Personal and professional integrity, ethics and values;

 

    Experience in corporate management, such as serving as an officer or former officer of a publicly-held company;

 

    Experience as a board member or executive officer of another publicly-held company;

 

    Strong finance experience;

 

    Diversity of expertise and experience in substantive matters pertaining to our business relative to other board members;

 

    Diversity of background and perspective, including, but not limited to, with respect to age, gender, race, place of residence and specialized experience;

 

    Experience relevant to our business industry and with relevant social policy concerns; and

 

    Relevant academic expertise or other proficiency in an area of our business operations.

Currently, our board of directors evaluates, and following the closing of this offering will evaluate, each individual in the context of the board of directors as a whole, with the objective of assembling a group that can best maximize the success of the business and represent stockholder interests through the exercise of sound judgment using its diversity of experience in these various areas.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Upon listing with the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Investor Relations – Corporate Governance section of our website at www.onestopsystems.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The Nasdaq Capital Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

 

82


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2016, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

    Steve Cooper, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    Mark Gunn, Senior VP of Marketing and Secretary; and

 

    Jim Ison, Senior VP of Sales.

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the closing of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by each individual who served as our principal executive officer at any time in 2016, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2016. These individuals are our named executive officers for 2016.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary ($)     Bonus ($)     Option Awards
($) (1)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation ($) (2)
    Total ($)  

Steve Cooper

    2016     $ 286,650     $ 90,654     $ 41,400     $         -     $ 30,237     $ 448,941  

President and Chief Executive Officer

    2015     $ 273,000     $ 34,346     $ -     $ -     $ 23,024     $ 330,370  

Mark Gunn (3)

    2016     $ 170,625     $ 29,880     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 11,379     $ 223,384  

Sr. VP of Marketing and Secretary

    2015     $ 195,000     $ 14,116     $ -     $ -     $ 14,288     $ 223,405  

Jim Ison

    2016     $ 189,000     $ 29,887     $ 11,500     $ -     $ 24,826     $ 255,213  

VP of Sales

    2015     $ 180,000     $ 13,039     $ -     $ -     $ 16,977     $ 210,017  

 

(1) Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of stock awards granted during the relevant fiscal year computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all stock awards and option awards made to our officers in Note 8 to the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016 contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Represents payment of health insurance premiums and 401(k) contributions.
(3) Mr. Gunn resigned from all positions with the Company effective September 1, 2017.

Narrative Disclosure to Compensation Tables

Employment Agreements

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers (the “Executives”) as of October 1, 2017. Prior to October 1, 2017, we did not have written employment agreements with our executive officers, including Mark Gunn.

 

83


Table of Contents

Executive Employment Agreement with Steve Cooper

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Cooper is entitled to a base salary of $297,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 50% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus is based on Mr. Cooper’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Cooper is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Cooper, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Cooper on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is twelve (12) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Cooper’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 (“COBRA”) at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Cooper must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Cooper’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Mr. Cooper’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Cooper timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Cooper’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of twelve (12) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Cooper becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Cooper’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Cooper’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Cooper or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination; and (3) a one-time payment of $500,000.

Executive Employment Agreement with Jim Ison

Pursuant to his employment agreement, effective October 1, 2017, Mr. Ison is entitled to a base salary of $220,000 and a target quarterly bonus in the amount of 25% of his quarterly base salary. The target quarterly bonus

 

84


Table of Contents

is based on Mr. Ison’s performance, as determined by the board of directors in its sole discretion, against fundamental corporate and/or individual objectives to be determined by the board of directors. Mr. Ison is eligible to participate in our 2017 Stock Option Plan subject to the discretion of the board of directors if and when the board of directors determines to make a grant to him.

Under the terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Ison, if we terminate his employment without cause (as defined below) or he resigns for good reason (as defined below) at any time other than within three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following the effective date of a change in control (as defined below), he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan or practice to which he is entitled; (2) severance payments in an aggregate amount up to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current Base Salary, paid to Mr. Ison on OSS’s regular paydays until the earlier of (i) the date that is six (6) months following his termination or (ii) the date as of which he commences employment with another employer, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings; (3) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Ison’s then-current target bonus; (4) the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (5) the automatic acceleration of the vesting and exercisability of his equity awards and stock options. Mr. Ison must provide a release and waiver to OSS as a condition of receiving benefits (2)-(5) set forth in this paragraph.

In the event Mr. Ison’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurs within the three (3) months immediately preceding or twelve (12) months immediately following a change in control, he is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) a single lump-sum payment in an amount equal to six (6) months of Mr. Ison’s then-current base salary, subject to standard payroll deductions and withholdings, payable within ten (10) business days of the date the release and waiver becomes effective; and (2) provided that Mr. Ison timely elect such coverage, the continuation of Mr. Ison’s group health continuation coverage under COBRA at OSS’s expense for a period of six (6) months following the termination date; provided, however, that in the event Mr. Ison becomes eligible for comparable group insurance coverage in connection with new employment, such COBRA premium payments by OSS shall terminate immediately; and (3) the vesting of the shares subject to each of Mr. Ison’s equity awards and stock options shall be accelerated such that one hundred percent (100%) of said shares shall be deemed fully-vested and, if applicable, immediately exercisable effective as of the date of such termination.

If Mr. Ison’s employment is terminated as a result of his death or following his permanent disability, Mr. Ison or his estate, as applicable, is entitled to the following payments and benefits: (1) his fully earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination at the rate then in effect, plus all other amounts under any compensation plan, expense reimbursement or practice to which he is entitled; and (2) a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to his “earned” bonus for the calendar quarter during which his date of termination occurs calculated as of the date of termination (wherein “earned” means that he has met the applicable bonus metrics as of date of such termination, as determined by the board of directors), prorated for such portion of the calendar quarter during which such termination occurs that has elapsed through the date of termination.

Defined Terms Applicable to Executive Employment Agreements

For purposes of executive employment agreements, “change in control” shall mean:

(i) The direct or indirect sale or transfer, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, by the shareholders of the Company of voting securities, in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions hold, as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions;

 

85


Table of Contents

(ii) A merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger or consolidation hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity (or the parent of the surviving entity) immediately after such merger or consolidation;

(iii) A reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such merger hold as a result of holding Company securities prior to such transaction, in the aggregate, securities possessing less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company or of the acquiring entity immediately after such merger;

(iv) The sale, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, except for a transaction in which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction(s) receive as a distribution with respect to securities of the Company, in the aggregate, securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the acquiring entity immediately after such transaction(s); or

(v) Any time individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the board of directors, are members of the board of directors (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the input/output; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “cause” means as determined in the sole discretion of the board of directors following written notice of the condition(s) believed to constitute cause, which notice shall briefly describe such condition(s), one or more of the following condition(s): (i) Executive’s failure to substantially perform Executive’s job duties (other than any such failure resulting from Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or any such actual or anticipated failure after his issuance of written notice of the occurrence of an event alleged by Executive to constitute good reason); (ii) Executive’s failure to comply with all material applicable laws in performing Executive’s job duties or in directing the conduct of OSS’s business; (iii) Executive’s commission of any felony or intentionally fraudulent acts against OSS, its affiliates, executives, agents or customers; (iv) Executive’s participation in any activity that is directly competitive with or intentionally injurious to OSS or any of its affiliates or which violates the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (iv) Executive’s material breach of the terms of Executive’s proprietary information and inventions agreement; (v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty against OSS or any of its affiliates, or use or intentional appropriation for Executive’s personal use or benefit of any funds or material properties of OSS or any of its affiliates not authorized by the board of directors to be so used or appropriated; (vi) Executive’s breach of any material provision of the employment agreement; and (vii) Executive’s gross negligence, insubordination or material violation of any duty of loyalty to OSS or any other demonstrable material misconduct on the part of Executive; provided, however, that, termination by OSS under subsections (i) or (vi) of this Section 3.8(c), shall only be deemed for “cause” pursuant to the foregoing definition if Executive fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following delivery of the notice of termination for cause.

For purposes of the executive employment agreements, “good reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without Executive’s consent: (i) a material adverse change in Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities relative to the duties, authority or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or, as it relates to Mr. Cooper, the removal of Executive as chief executive officer of OSS; provided, however, that a reduction in duties, position or responsibilities solely by virtue of OSS being acquired and made part of a larger entity (as, for example, when Executive retains a similar position with a subsidiary of the acquiring entity following a change in control, but Executive does not hold the same position in the acquiring entity) shall not constitute “good reason;” and, provided, further that Executive’s removal from the board of directors shall not constitute “good

 

86


Table of Contents

reason;” (ii) a material diminution in Executive’s base compensation; or (iii) a material breach by OSS of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, such termination by Executive shall only be deemed for “good reason” pursuant to the foregoing definition if: (A) Executive gives OSS written notice of Executive’s intent to terminate for good reason within sixty (60) days following the first occurrence of the condition(s) that Executive believes constitute(s) good reason, which notice shall describe such condition(s); (B) OSS fails to remedy such condition(s) within thirty (30) days following receipt of the written notice (the “Cure Period”); and (C) Executive voluntarily terminates Executive’s employment within sixty (60) days following the end of the Cure Period.

Annual Cash Bonus

For 2016, Mr. Cooper, Mr. Gunn and Mr. Ison were eligible for bonuses. The executives’ bonuses for 2016 were determined in the discretion of our board of directors based on its assessment of our corporate performance. Based on this assessment, our board of directors determined to award Mr. Cooper a bonus of $90,654 for 2016, representing 31.6% of his base salary for 2016, determined to award Mr. Gunn a bonus of $29,880, representing 17.5% of his base salary for 2016 and determined to award Mr. Ison a bonus of $29,887, representing 15.8% of his base salary for 2016.

Equity Compensation

We primarily offer stock options to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of our compensation program. Our stock options allow employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a price per share equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and may or may not be intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In the past, our board of directors has determined the fair market value of our common stock based upon inputs including valuation reports prepared by third-party valuation firms from time to time. Generally, the stock options we grant vest over three years, subject to the employee’s continued employment with us on the vesting date.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Cooper received a stock option to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Gunn received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

On April 2, 2016, Mr. Ison received a stock option to purchase 25,000 shares of our common stock. The option vests over three years, with 1/3 of the shares subject to the option vested upon the anniversary of the date of grant and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments over a period of two years thereafter, subject to his continued employment with us on each vesting date. The options were granted with an exercise price per share of $1.08, which was equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time of the grant, as determined by our board of directors. The option has a term of ten years from the date of grant.

Stock awards granted to our named executive officers may be subject to accelerated vesting in certain circumstances. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above and “– Change in Control Benefits” below.

 

87


Table of Contents

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we adopted a 2015 Stock Option Plan, in order to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants of our company and certain of its affiliates and to enable our company and certain of its affiliates to obtain and retain services of these individuals, which is essential to our long-term success. For additional information about the 2015 Stock Option Plan, please see the section titled “Incentive Award Plans” below.

Other Elements of Compensation

Retirement Plans

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans which include health, vision, dental and life insurance and our 401(k) plan.

Change in Control Benefits

Our named executive officers may become entitled to certain benefits or enhanced benefits in connection with a change in control of our company. Each of our named executive officers’ employment agreements entitles them to accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards, as well as certain other benefits, upon a change in control of our company. For additional discussion, please see “– Employment Agreements” above.

 

88


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at the End of 2016

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 31, 2016.

 

    Option Awards     Stock Awards  
Name   Grant
Date
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:
Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
    Option
expiration
date
    Number of
shares

or units of
stock

that have
not

vested (#)
    Market value
of

shares of
units of

stock that
have not

vested ($)
    Equity Incentive
plan awards:

Number of
unearned
shares,

units or other
rights that have

not vested (#)
    Equity
Incentive
plan
awards:

Market or
payout
value of

unearned
share,
units or
other

right that
have not
vested ($)
 

Steve Cooper

    5/23/2007       100,000         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       100,000         $ 1.00       3/31/2018          
    5/14/2009       100,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       200,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       100,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       135,000         45,000     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           90,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

Jim Ison

    12/7/2011       11,539         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    10/1/2012       40,000         $ 0.76       10/1/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/22/2026          

Mark Gunn

    5/23/2007       21,493         $ 0.75       5/22/2017          
    4/1/2008       30,000         $ 1.00       4/1/2018          
    5/14/2009       30,000         $ 0.75       5/14/2019          
    12/7/2011       60,000         $ 0.76       12/6/2021          
    1/18/2012       30,000         $ 0.76       1/17/2022          
    7/16/2014       37,500         12,500     $ 0.46       7/15/2024          
    4/2/2016           25,000     $ 1.08       4/2/2026          

 

89


Table of Contents

Directors Compensation

Mr. Cooper, who is our chief executive officer, received no compensation for his service as a director. The compensation received by Mr. Cooper as an officer is presented in “Executive Compensation – Summary Compensation Table.”

The following table sets forth information for the year ended December 31, 2016 regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors who served on our board of directors during 2016.

 

Name    Fees
earned or
paid in
cash ($)
     Stock
awards
($)
     Option
awards
($)
     Non-equity
incentive
plan
compensation
($)
     Nonqualified
deferred
compensation
earnings ($)
     All other
compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Randy Jones

   $ 7,876         $ 11,015               $ 18,891  

John Reardon

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Ken Potashner

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Bill Carpenter

   $ 15,564         $ 8,758               $ 24,322  

Stock Option Plans

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan on October 10, 2017 (the “2017 Plan”). Our 2017 Plan allows for the grant of a variety of equity vehicles to provide flexibility in implementing equity awards, including incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock grants, unrestricted stock grants and restricted stock units.

Authorized Shares.    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized under the 2017 Plan.

Plan Administration.    As permitted by the terms of the 2017 Plan, the board of directors has delegated administration of the 2017 Plan to the compensation committee. As used herein with respect to the 2017 Plan, the “Board of Directors” refers to any committee the Board of Directors appoints as well as to the Board of Directors itself. Subject to the provisions of the 2017 Plan, the Board of Directors has the power to construe and interpret the 2017 Plan and awards granted under it and to determine the persons to whom and the dates on which awards will be granted, the number of shares of common stock to be subject to each award, the time or times during the term of each award within which all or a portion of such award may be exercised, the exercise price, the type of consideration and other terms of the award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the Board of Directors will also determine the exercise price of options granted under the 2017 Plan and, with the consent of any adversely affected option holder, may reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option, cancel an outstanding option in exchange for a new option covering the same or a different number of shares of common stock or another equity award or cash or other consideration, or any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Board of Directors regarding the 2017 Plan shall be final and binding on all participants or other persons claiming rights under the 2017 Plan or any award

Options.    Options granted under the 2017 Plan may become exercisable in cumulative increments (“vest”) as determined by the Board of Directors. Such increments may be based on continued service to the Company over a certain period of time, the occurrence of certain performance milestones, or other criteria. Options granted under the 2017 Plan may be subject to different vesting terms. The Board of Directors has the power to accelerate the time during which an option may vest or be exercised. In addition, options granted under the 2017 Plan may permit exercise prior to vesting, but in such event the participant may be required to enter into an early exercise stock

 

90


Table of Contents

purchase agreement that allows the Company to repurchase unvested shares, generally at their exercise price, should the participant’s service terminate before vesting. To the extent provided by the terms of an option, a participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise of such option by a cash payment upon exercise, by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the stock otherwise issuable to the participant, or by such other method as may be set forth in the option agreement. The maximum term of options under the 2017 Plan is 10 years, except that in certain cases the maximum term of certain incentive stock options is five years. Options under the 2017 Plan generally terminate three months after termination of the participant’s service. Incentive stock options are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, provided that a participant may designate a beneficiary who may exercise an option following the participant’s death. Nonstatutory stock options are transferable to the extent provided in the option agreement.

Stock Bonuses and Restricted Stock Awards.    Subject to certain limitations, the consideration, if any, for restricted stock unit awards must be at least the par value of our common stock. The consideration for a stock unit award may be payable in any form acceptable to the Board of Directors and permitted under applicable law. The Board of Directors may impose any restrictions or conditions upon the vesting of restricted stock unit awards, or that delay the delivery of the consideration after the vesting of stock unit awards, that it deems appropriate. Restricted stock unit awards are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award, as determined by the Board of Directors. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares covered by the restricted stock unit award. If a restricted stock unit award recipient’s service relationship with the Company terminates, any unvested portion of the restricted stock unit award is forfeited upon the recipient’s termination of service.

Certain Adjustments.    Transactions not involving receipt of consideration by the Company, such as a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, reclassification, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, or a change in corporate structure may change the type(s), class(es) and number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and outstanding awards. In that event, the 2017 Plan will be appropriately adjusted as to the type(s), class(es) and the maximum number of shares of common stock subject to the 2017 Plan and the Section 162(m) Limitation, and outstanding awards will be adjusted as to the type(s), class(es), number of shares and price per share of common stock subject to such awards

2015 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2015 Stock Option Plan in December 2015 (the “2015 Plan”). Our 2015 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. Our 2015 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors or a committee of our board (the administrator) administers our 2015 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2015 Plan, the administrator has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2015 Plan. The administrator has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2015 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2015 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding

 

91


Table of Contents

awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the administrator are final and binding on all participants in the 2015 Plan.

Options.    Stock options may be granted under our 2015 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the administrator.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.    Unless our administrator provides otherwise, our 2015 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain Adjustments.    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2015 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2011 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2011 Stock Option Plan in December 2011 (the “2011 Plan”). Our 2011 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan was terminated by the board of directors on October 10, 2017, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. Our 2011 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors administers our 2011 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2011 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2011 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2011 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2011 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2011 Plan.

Options.    Stock options may be granted under our 2011 Plan. The exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive

 

92


Table of Contents

stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.    Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2011 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2011 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”). Our 2000 Plan allows for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares.    A total of 1,500,000 shares of common stock were authorized for grant under the 2000 Plan. In November 2008, the 2000 Plan was increased to allow for an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares authorized under the plan. Our 2000 Plan expired on its terms in 2010, and accordingly, no shares are available for issuance under the 2000 Plan. Our 2000 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Plan Administration.    Our board of directors administers our 2000 Plan. Subject to the provisions of the 2000 Plan, the board of directors has the full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2000 Plan. The board of directors has the power to construe and interpret the terms of our 2000 Plan and awards granted under it, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules relating to our 2000 Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans, and to determine the terms and conditions of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares of our common stock subject to each such award, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restrictions or limitations regarding awards or the shares relating thereto. All decisions, interpretations and other actions of the board of directors are final and binding on all participants in the 2000 Plan.

Options.    Under the 2000 Plan, the exercise price per share of all options must equal at least 100% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors. The term of a stock option may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price per share of such incentive stock option must equal at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by the board of directors.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time as specified in the applicable option agreement. If termination is due to death or disability, the option

 

93


Table of Contents

generally will remain exercisable for at least twelve months. In all other cases, the option will generally remain exercisable for at least 90 days. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability of Options.    Unless our board of directors provides otherwise, our 2000 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer or assignment of options, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the board of directors, in its discretion, a nonstatutory option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments.    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Plan, the board of directors will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under our 2000 Plan and/or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will go into effect prior to the closing of this offering provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

94


Table of Contents

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

95


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We describe below the transactions and series of similar transactions, since January 1, 2014, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

    any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of their immediate family had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required under the section above titled “Executive Compensation.”

SkyScale Joint Venture

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the joint venture, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

Convertible Note and Warrant Financing

From 2013 through 2016, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $1,600,000 in promissory notes which included 198,996 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. Via an affiliated entity controlled by him, our director, Kenneth Potashner, lent $1,100,000 in promissory notes and received 139,933 warrants in the private placement for an aggregate exercise price of $135,000.

Management Services Agreement

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We entered into a second amended and restated investors’ rights agreement in January 2007 with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of their shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of their preferred stock, a right of first refusal for certain holders of preferred stock to purchase future securities sold by us and certain additional covenants made by us. Except for the registration rights (including the related provisions pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify the parties to the investors’ rights agreement), all rights under this agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights will continue following this offering and will terminate two years following the closing of a firm commitment underwritten offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell all of such shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act. Our common holders also have certain rights to “piggyback” onto the registration rights provided to our former holders of preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Personal Guarantees of Chief Executive Officer

As of December 1, 2017, Steve Cooper, our chief executive officer, has personally guaranteed (by himself personally and/or via a family trust) certain loans and lines of credit held by the Company. Mr. Cooper has

 

96


Table of Contents

personally guaranteed indebtedness owed by OSS pursuant to certain business loans, including related party debt owed to Kenco, Inc. (beneficially owned by our director Kenneth Potashner) and Tim Rueth (stockholder), and also a revolving line of credit with Bank of the West for an aggregate amount of $4,436,082.28. As set forth in the “Use of Proceeds” section herein, part of the proceeds received from this offering will be used to reduce this indebtedness and potentially release Mr. Cooper from such personal guarantees.

Executive Compensation and Employment Arrangements

Please see “Executive Compensation” for information on compensation arrangements with our executive officers and agreements with our executive officers containing compensation and termination provisions, among others.

Director and Officer Indemnification and Insurance

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, and we maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S- K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

97


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of December 1, 2017, and as adjusted to reflect the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering, by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with SEC rules. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, the number of shares of common stock deemed outstanding includes shares issuable upon exercise of stock options or warrants held by the respective person or group that may be exercised or converted within 60 days after December 1, 2017. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, stock options and warrants exercisable within 60 days after December 1, 2017 are included for that person or group but not for any other person or group.

Applicable percentage ownership is based on 8,543,948 shares of common stock outstanding at December 1, 2017 assuming the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share). The number of shares and percentage of shares beneficially owned after the offering also gives effect to the issuance by us of              shares of common stock in this offering.

 

98


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated and subject to applicable community property laws, to our knowledge, each stockholder named in the following table possesses sole voting and investment power over the shares listed. Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o One Stop Systems, Inc., 2235 Enterprise Street, #110, Escondido, CA 92029.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner    Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
     Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
    Percent of
Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned
Following
Financing**
 

5% or Greater Stockholders:

       

Mark Gunn(3)

     744,447        8.5  

Park Bank(4)

     666,667        7.8  

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

Steve Cooper(1)

     3,720,616        40.1  

Randy Jones(2)

     1,311,249        15.3  

John Reardon(5)

     427,993        4.9  

Ken Potashner(6)

     377,433        4.3  

Bill Carpenter(7)

     370,834        4.3  

Jack Harrison(8)

     7,500        *    

John W. Morrison, Jr.(9)

     0        *    

David Raun(10)

     7,500        *    

Jim Ison(11)

     173,583        2.0  

All executive officers and directors as a group (nine persons)(12)

     6,403,791        61.7  

 

* Less than 1%.
** Assumes this offering is fully subscribed
(1) Consists of (i) 2,988,116 shares of common stock held by The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001, and (ii) 732,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Cooper has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to exercise of stock options. Steve Cooper shares joint voting and investment control of The Cooper Revocable Trust dated April 25, 2001 with his wife Lori Cooper. Mr. Cooper serves as chief executive officer, president and chairman of the board of directors.
(2) Consists of (i) 1,263,749 shares of common stock held by Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust, and (ii) 47,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Jones has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Randy Jones shares joint voting and investment control of the Randy Jones and Roseann Piazza Jones Revocable Trust. Mr. Jones is a member of the board of directors and consultant with the Company.
(3) Consists of (i) 517,364 shares of common stock held by The Gunn Family Trust dated December 19, 2006 of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control, (ii) 16,667 shares of common stock held in Polycomp Trust Company Custodian FBO Mark J. Gunn IRA of which Mark Gunn has sole voting and investment control and (ii) 210,416 shares of common stock that Mr. Gunn has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Gunn is the former secretary of the Company,
(4) Consists of 666,667 shares of common stock held by Park Bank, 1815 Green Way Cross, Madison, Wisconsin 53713. Mr. Robert Laux is the Executive Vice President of Finance and Risk Management of Park Bank and, as its authorized representative, exercises sole voting and investment control.

 

99


Table of Contents
(5) Consists of (i) 124,520 shares of common stock held by the Reardon Family Trust dated August 31, 2011 of which Mr. Reardon holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Dawn Reardon, (ii) 110,973 shares of common stock held by The RTC Group, Inc. of which Mr. Reardon exercises sole voting and investment control, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Reardon has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Reardon is a member of the board of directors.
(6) Consists of (i) 45,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Potashner, (ii)139,933 shares of common stock that Kenco, Inc. has the right to exercise within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to common stock warrants, and (iii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Potashner has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Potashner has sole voting and investment control over Kenco, Inc. Mr. Potashner is a member of the board of directors.
(7) Consists of (i) 178,334 shares of common stock held by the William and Deborah Carpenter Family Trust of which Mr. Carpenter holds joint voting and investment control with his wife Deborah Carpenter and (ii) 192,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Carpenter has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Carpenter is a member of the board of directors.
(8) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Harrison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Harrison is a member of the board of directors.
(9) Mr. Morrison does not beneficially own shares in the Company. Mr. Morrison is the chief financial officer of the Company.
(10) Includes 7,500 shares of common stock that Mr. Raun has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Raun is a member of the board of directors.
(11) Consists of (i) 65,750 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ison and (ii) 107,833 shares of common stock that Mr. Ison has the right to acquire from us within 60 days of December 1, 2017 pursuant to the exercise of stock options. Mr. Ison is the VP of Sales for the Company.
(12) Includes (i) 4,573,109 shares beneficially owned by our current named executive officers and directors and (ii) 1,830,682 shares subject to options, warrants or convertible securities exercisable within 60 days of December 1, 2017, as set forth in the previous footnotes.

 

100


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock, certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. We plan to reincorporate in the State of Delaware prior to the closing of this offering. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Our certificate of incorporation as in effect upon the consummation of this offering will provide for one class of common stock. In addition, our certificate of incorporation will authorize shares of undesignated preferred stock, the rights, preferences and privileges of which may be designated from time to time by our board of directors.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 60,000,000 shares, all with a $0.0001 par value of per share, of which:

 

    50,000,000 shares are designated as common stock; and

 

    10,000,000 shares are designated as preferred stock.

As of September 30, 2017, there were 8,543,948 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 59 stockholders, assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our Common Stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) our reincorporation in Delaware, as if such conversion, reclassification, filing and effectiveness had occurred on September 30, 2017.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. Holders of our common stock will not have cumulative voting rights. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share equally, identically and ratably in any dividends that our board of directors may determine to issue from time to time.

 

101


Table of Contents

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of our debts and other liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders will have no preemptive, conversion or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously outstanding preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,387,421 shares of our common stock were outstanding, of which 1,883,245 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

We issue our stock options at the fair market value (“FMV”) on the date of grant. The board of directors considers several factors in determining the FMV. One factor is an independent valuation of our stock. These valuations are conducted annually in compliance with IRC 409A and ASC 718. Additional factors considered by the board of directors in determining the FMV include actual sales of our shares, changes in our financial results versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, changes in our likely liquidity scenarios versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports, and changes in our future prospects versus the assumptions made in the valuation reports.

Warrants

As of September 30, 2017, 198,996 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants were reserved for issuance. The warrants are currently exercisable and expire six-seven years from the effective date of

 

102


Table of Contents

the issuance of said warrant. The warrants may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated during this offering.

Registration Rights

As of September 30, 2017, upon the closing of this offering, holders of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an investors’ rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

Demand Registration Rights

If, the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to their shares in an offering with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of greater than $10,000,000, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations for the holders of registrable securities in response to these demand registration rights, subject to certain exceptions.

If we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3 and a holder of registrable securities requests in writing that we register their shares for public resale on Form S-3, the price to the public of the offering is $500,000 or more, we will be required to provide notice to all holders of registrable securities and to use our best efforts to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If at any time following the closing of this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

In July 2016, we entered into a Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement which extended the piggyback registration rights granted to our preferred holders to all then existing holders of our common stock.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all reasonable expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration, filing and qualification fees, printer and accounting fees relating or apportionable thereto, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for the selling security holders.

 

103


Table of Contents

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of two years after the closing of this offering, or for any particular holder with registration rights, at such time following this offering when such holder may sell its shares pursuant to Rule 144(b)(1) under the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law contain and our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder Meetings

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board of directors, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Removal of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting

Our certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

 

104


Table of Contents

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of Charter Provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Corporate Stock Transfer, Inc. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 3200 Cherry Creek Drive South, Suite 430, Denver, CO 80209.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

105


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and there can be no assurance that a market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale by our existing stockholders shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Although we have applied for listing on The Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that approval will be granted or that even if listed there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2017 and assuming (1) the automatic conversion and reclassification of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 3,037,006 shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering (assuming an aggregate offering price of not less than $10,000,000 and an offering price per share equal to or greater than $5.00 per share), and (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, upon the closing of this offering we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock.

All of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, generally may be sold in the public market only in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The remaining              shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 2,387,421 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2017, options to purchase 2,370,581 shares of common stock were vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is one of our affiliates and has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period, beginning on the date 90 days after the date of this prospectus, that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the closing of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to a certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period

 

106


Table of Contents

exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The Nasdaq Capital Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months but less than a year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell the shares beginning on the 91st day after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, and will be subject only to the current public information requirements of Rule 144. If such person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Rule 701

Any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchased shares under a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written contract may be entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act before selling those shares. However, substantially all of the shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to the lock-up agreements described below and will only become eligible for sale when the lock-up period expires.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and all of our directors and officers, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock (including securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock) outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed or will agree that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners LLC, during the period from the date of this prospectus and ending on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, among other things:

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or otherwise dispose of any shares of common stock, options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock; or

 

    in our case, file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

 

    in the case of our directors, officers and other holders of our securities, make any demand for exercise of any rights with respect to the registration of any securities.

This agreement is subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” below for additional discussion.

Registration Rights

We are party to an investors’ rights agreement which provides that certain stockholders have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our common stock be covered by

 

107


Table of Contents

registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” in this prospectus. Registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration statement, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period described above and under “Underwriting” in this prospectus.

Equity Plan

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans and employee stock purchase plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the closing of this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to our affiliates and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject.

 

108


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Roth”) is acting as the representative of the underwriters. We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares of common stock being offered. In connection with this offering and subject to certain terms and conditions, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite the name of each underwriter.

 

Underwriter    Number of Shares of Common Stock  

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

  
  
  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus, other than those covered by the over-allotment option, if any shares of common stock are purchased. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to a number of conditions. These conditions include, among other things, the requirements that no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement be in effect and that no proceedings for this purpose have been initiated or threatened by the SEC.

The representative of the underwriters has advised us that the underwriters propose to offer our shares of common stock to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $              per share. The underwriters and selected dealers may reallow a concession to other dealers, including the underwriters, of not more than $              per share. After completion of the public offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price, the concessions to selected dealers and the reallowance to their dealers may be changed by the underwriters.

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

We have been advised by the representative of the underwriters that the underwriters intend to make a market in our securities but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters or certain of the securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Over-allotment Option

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we will grant the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional 15% shares of common stock in the aggregate, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount. By way of example, assuming an initial public offering price of $              (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), the shares subject to the underwriters’ option, or              shares, may be sold by us. The underwriters may exercise the option solely to cover over-allotments, if any, in the sale of the shares of common stock that the underwriters have agreed to purchase. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds to us before offering expenses will be $             , $              and $            , respectively.

 

109


Table of Contents

Stabilization

The rules of the SEC generally prohibit the underwriters from trading in our securities on the open market during this offering. However, the underwriters are allowed to engage in some open market transactions and other activities during this offering that may cause the market price of our securities to be above or below that which would otherwise prevail in the open market. These activities may include stabilization, short sales and over-allotments, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

    Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the representative for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.

 

    Short sales and over-allotments occur when the representative, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares of common stock than it purchases from us in this offering. To cover the resulting short position, the representative may exercise the over-allotment option described above or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will make available a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of shares covered by the registration statement.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the representative on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the representative.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares of common stock originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time without notice. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Underwriters’ Compensation

Commission

We have agreed to sell the shares of common stock to the underwriters at the initial offering price of $              per share, which represents the initial public offering price of the shares of common stock set forth on the cover page of this prospectus less the 7% underwriting discount.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

     Per Share      Total without
Over-Allotment
Option
     Total with
Over-Allotment
Option
 

Total underwriting discount to be paid by us

   $                   $                   $               

Expense Reimbursement

We have also agreed to pay all expenses relating to the offering, including: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the units to be sold in the offering (including the over-

 

110


Table of Contents

allotment shares and warrants ) with the SEC: (b) all filing fees associated with the review of the offering by FINRA; all fees and expenses relating to the listing of the shares of common stock and the warrants on the Nasdaq Capital Market and on such other stock exchanges as we and the representative mutually determine; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers and directors in an amount of actual costs incurred; (d) all fees, expenses and disbursements, including legal fees up to an agreed upon maximum amount, relating to the registration or qualification of the units and underlying securities under the “blue sky” securities laws, if deemed necessary; (e) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of the shares of common stock and warrants under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the representative may reasonably designate; (f) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, Selected Dealers’ Agreement, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the representative may reasonably deem necessary; (g) the costs and expenses of the public relations firm; (h) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing the securities; (i) fees and expenses of the transfer agent and warrant agent; (j) stock transfer anchor stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from us to the underwriters; (k) the costs associated with post-closing advertising the offering in the national editions of The Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (l) the fees and expenses of our independent registered public accounting firm; (m) the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (n) the fees and expenses of the underwriters’ legal counsel not to exceed $150,000; and (o) up to $35,000 of the representative’s actual accountable “road show” expenses and other accountable expenses for the offering;

We estimate that expenses payable by us in connection with the offering of the units, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions and the counsel fees and disbursement reimbursement provisions referred to above, will be approximately $             .

Underwriters’ Warrants

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants initially exercisable for up to              shares of common stock (10% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, excluding the option to purchase additional shares) to be allocated     % to Roth and     % to             . The warrants are not included in the securities being sold in this offering. The shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 120% of the price per share in this offering. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the five-year period commencing one year from the effective date of this offering, which period shall not extend further than five years from the effective date of this offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180 day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under Rule 5100(g)(1)) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement. Any piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of this offering, in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price and the number of underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuance of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Advisory Fee

We have paid Roth an initial public offering advisory fee of $80,000 in consideration for all advice related to this offering. The fee was payable upon execution of our engagement letter with Roth and is non-refundable regardless of the success of the offering.

 

111


Table of Contents

Lock-Up Agreements

Each of our directors and executive officers, and all of the holders of our currently outstanding shares of common stock, have agreed to a 180-day “lock-up” from the effective date of this prospectus of shares of common stock that they beneficially own, including the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of currently outstanding convertible securities and options and options which may be issued. This means that, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters.

The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lockup agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.

In addition, the underwriting agreement provides that we will not, for a period of 365 days following the effective date of this prospectus, offer, sell or distribute any of our securities, without the prior written consent of the underwriter.

Participation in Future Offerings

Pursuant to the terms of our engagement letter with Roth, if, during the engagement period and for a period of twelve months thereafter, we decide to pursue any public offering of equity in the United States (a “Financing”), then we will engage Roth as exclusive underwriter and sole bookrunner for such Financing under a separate agreement containing customary terms and conditions mutually agreed upon by OSS and Roth.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. The public offering price of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus has been determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares of common stock were:

 

    Our history and our prospects;

 

    Our financial information and historical performance;

 

    The industry in which we operate;

 

    The status and development prospects for our products and services;

 

    The experience and skills of our executive officers; and

 

    The general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering.

The offering price stated on the cover page of this prospectus should not be considered an indication of the actual value of the shares of common stock. That price is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors, and we cannot assure you that the shares of common stock can be resold at or above the public offering price.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “OSS.” Once the securities comprising the common stock begin separate trading, we anticipate that the common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “OSS.”

 

112


Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter of this offering, or by its affiliates. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

Other Relationships

The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect to confirm sales of our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.

Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

    To any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in Directive 2003/71/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 November 2003 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading and amending Directive 2001/34/EC (the “Prospectus Directive”);

 

    To fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative; or

 

    In any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or the representative to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with

 

113


Table of Contents

a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representative has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the representative and each of our and the representative’s affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither us nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is not an approved prospectus for purposes of the UK Prospectus Rules, as implemented under the EU Prospectus Directive 2003/71/EC, and has not been approved under section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended)(the “FSMA”) by a person authorized under FSMA. The financial promotions contained in this prospectus are directed at, and this prospectus is only being distributed to: (1) persons who receive this prospectus outside of the United Kingdom; and (2) persons in the United Kingdom who fall within the exemptions under articles 19 (investment professionals) and 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (all such persons together being referred to as “Relevant Person(s)”). This prospectus must not be acted upon or relied upon by any person who is not a Relevant Person. Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available only to Relevant Persons and will be engaged in only with Relevant Persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other person that is not a Relevant Person.

The underwriters have represented, warranted and agreed that:

 

    They have only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA in connection with the issue or sale of any of the shares of common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the issuer; and

 

    They have complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by them in relation to the shares of common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

114


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP, San Diego, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Dickinson Wright PLLC, Troy, Michigan.

EXPERTS

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2016, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to this offering of our common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, or any other document, are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be referenced for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

115


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Index to Financial Statements

 

     Page  

One Stop Systems, Inc.

  

Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and as of December 31, 2016 and 2015

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

  

Nine months Ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and as of September 30, 2017

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-30  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-31  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-32  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-33  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-35  

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

  

Financial Statements

  

For the Period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016 and For the Year Ended December 31, 2015

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-55  

Balance Sheet

     F-57  

Statements of Operations

     F-58  

Statements of Stockholder’s Equity (Deficit)

     F-59  

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-60  

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-62  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

One Stop Systems, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of One Stop Systems, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years then ended. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of One Stop Systems, Inc. as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     December 31,  
     2016      2015  

ASSETS

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 14,197      $ 25,074  

Accounts receivable, net

     4,936,938        2,994,117  

Inventories, net

     3,220,968        2,831,833  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     133,964        77,770  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,306,067        5,928,794  

Property and equipment, net

     720,355        626,490  

Deposits and other

     27,739        9,538  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        937,656  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        1,776,770  

Intangible assets, net

     1,004,049        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 2,626,559      $ 1,642,890  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,525,118        438,117  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,458,177        2,087,085  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905 and $0, respectively

     120,724        -  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932 and $0, respectively

     608,462        410,596  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     7,339,040        4,578,688  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $14,484 and $0, respectively

     148,999        -  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $10,346 and $0, respectively

     975,387        606,800  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,463,426        5,185,488  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)

     

Stockholders’ equity

     

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000 issued and outstanding; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,374,697 and 4,088,810 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,170,110        395,927  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,049,305        912,066  

Retained earnings

     184,803        369,240  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     5,820,745        4,093,760  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 14,284,171      $ 9,279,248  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
               2016                         2015            

Net revenue

   $ 18,879,321     $ 14,229,776  

Cost of revenue

     13,365,615       10,246,122  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     5,513,706       3,983,654  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,146,624       1,324,765  

Marketing and selling

     1,987,358       1,367,856  

Research and development

     1,599,585       1,095,919  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     5,733,567       3,788,540  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

     (219,861     195,114  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (152,877     (128,370

Other, net

     5,364       (6,365
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense, net

     (147,513     (134,735
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes

     (367,374     60,379  

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

     (182,937     43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04   $ 0.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     4,782,547       4,065,322  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     4,782,547       7,438,268  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ (0.02  
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     7,819,553    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred Stock     Series B Preferred Stock     Series A Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount         Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount        

Balance, January 1, 2015

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       4,063,799     $ 379,471     $ 859,854     $ 352,590     $ 4,008,442  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       52,212       -       52,212  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       25,011       16,456       -       -       16,456  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       16,650       16,650  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

    1,087,006       1,604,101       1,450,000       697,996       500,000       114,430       4,088,810       395,927       912,066       369,240       4,093,760  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       77,647       -       77,647  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       22,138       17,572       -       -       17,572  

Relative fair value of warrants issued with notes payable to related parties

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       59,592       -       59,592  

Shares issued in merger with Magma

    -       -       -       -       -       -       1,263,749       1,756,611       -       -       1,756,611  

Net (loss)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (184,437     (184,437
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
             2016                     2015          

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (184,437   $ 16,650  

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Recovery of bad debt

     (2,981     (3,679

Deferred provision for income taxes

     (230,787     (145,504

Depreciation and amortization

     437,036       156,945  

Inventory reserves

     749,714       102,691  

Amortization of debt discount

     10,925       17,100  

Stock-based compensation expense

     77,647       52,212  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition (Note 2):

    

Accounts receivable

     (1,583,341     (27,630

Inventories

     69,826       155,473  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     37,604       (39,078

Deposits

     (999     -  

Accounts payable

     140,826       (40,584

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     205,753       200,916  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (273,224     445,512  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     68,308       -  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (206,319     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (138,011     (194,422
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     17,572       16,456  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     350,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     250,000       -  

Net borrowings on bank line of credit

     371,092       550,099  

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (66,987     (463,747

Payments on notes payable

     (521,319     (328,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     400,358       (226,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     (10,877     25,074  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     25,074       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 14,197     $ 25,074  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for interest

   $ 151,985     $ 107,354  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 800     $ 800  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

    

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ 59,592     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ 1,756,611     $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ -     $ 77,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Proceeds from new bank line of credit and term note payable to refinance previous bank line of credit

   $ -     $ 2,874,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation (Note 2). We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. Our products are marketed to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) and its operations (Note 2).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash, cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of or assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer. During the year-to-date period in 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern. However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors the financial results of OSS as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy its anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS and its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma (collectively referred to as the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets and liabilities acquired in 2016, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2015.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At December 31, 2016, three customers accounted for 56% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 29% of net sales for the year then ended. At December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for 49% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 35% of net sales for the year then ended.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we made purchases from two suppliers which together represented approximately 46% and 50%, respectively, of materials purchased.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of our cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate carrying value based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with a maturity of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of

 

F-8


Table of Contents

the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,877 and $6,858, respectively.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred in 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and amortizing intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized for 2016 or 2015. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded revenue from product sales that are subject to the vendor managed inventory program of $5,078,078 and $4,884,383, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, $464,278 and $494,832, respectively, of products sold through those dates were held by us in the vendor management inventory program.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on its historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on us, requiring additional warranty reserves, which would adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of OSS’s domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments to non-employees are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

Employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. Given a lack of historical stock option exercises, the expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies that operate in similar industries as us. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2015 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $122,527 and $92,619, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (ASU 2015-17), which requires companies report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and has classified our net deferred tax assets as long term on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net (loss) income per share is calculated by dividing the net (loss) income by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as the inclusion is anti-dilutive.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. We adopted ASU 2014-15 in 2016 with no impact to our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for us for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for us for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or footnotes.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in Southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611. Management estimated the fair value of the consideration issued to the Magma Stockholder and considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in the third-party valuation report.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale. The acquisition combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active markets, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royal method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, OSS completed its annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

OSS and Magma incurred $107,591 and $143,905, respectively, in accounting and legal fees related to the acquisition of Magma. The amount attributable to OSS has been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2016. These amounts have been removed from the 2016 pro forma information below.

In the consolidated statements of operations, revenues and expenses include the operations of Magma since July 15, 2016, which is the acquisition date. The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2015.

 

     2016     2015  

Revenue

   $ 21,665,957     $ 21,914,662  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss)

   $ (378,615   $ (448,969
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.07   $ (0.08
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) of Magma included in our consolidated statement of operations from the acquisition date through December 31, 2016 are $3,183,783 and ($216,642), respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2016:

Definite lived intangible assets:    Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        2.6 years      $ 760,207      $ 116,143      $ 644,064  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        2.6 years        398,717        60,915        337,802  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        2.6 years        27,759        5,576        22,183  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 182,634      $ 1,004,049  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $182,634. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the next three years is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 395,561      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Accounts receivable

   $ 4,940,815     $ 3,000,975  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,877     (6,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 4,936,938     $ 2,994,117  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Raw materials

   $ 2,700,581     $ 2,347,661  

Sub-assemblies

     2,661,356       1,875,427  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,361,937       4,223,088  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (2,140,969     (1,391,255
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 3,220,968     $ 2,831,833  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 205,210     $ 132,099  

Furniture and office equipment

     63,769       63,769  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,595,474       1,332,602  

Leasehold improvements

     103,636       91,353  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,968,089       1,619,823  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,247,734     (993,333
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 720,355     $ 626,490  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we incurred $256,159 and $156,946 of depreciation and amortization expense, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at December 31:

 

     2016      2015  

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 506,076      $ 120,697  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     761,315        166,171  

Warranty reserve

     37,768        28,552  

Other accrued expenses

     219,959        122,697  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,525,118      $ 438,117  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the guarantee of our chief executive officer. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $2,458,177 and $2,087,085, respectively outstanding under the line of credit.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000 without restriction. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling approximately 3.2% at December 31, 2016), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit is due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received an extension on the line of credit for a three month period. On October 5, 2017, we received a renewal and modification of terms that extends the due date to August 31, 2018, and increases the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000.

The Credit Agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of December 31, 2016, but obtained a waiver.

Notes Payable

In November 2014, we issued a note payable totaling $100,000 (“November 2014 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 10% per annum. The November 2014 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $4,614 through the maturity date of November 18, 2016. In June 2015, we paid off the remaining balance of the November 2014 Note.

In connection with the November 2014 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 10% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $0.76 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 13,158 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.76 per share in November 2014. The relative fair value of the warrants was $2,786 and the fair value was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $0.46 per share; six year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.90%. The relative fair value of the warrants was recorded as a debt discount, decreasing note payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The debt discount was being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the note payable using the straight-line method which approximated the effective interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2015, debt discount amortization was $2,484 and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was $1,017,396.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2016 was $1,391,121.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires

 

F-18


Table of Contents

us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $213,006.

In connection with the July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes was $298,112.

In connection with the July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, total debt discount amortization was $10,925 and $17,100, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Total future payments under the notes payable and related-party notes payable are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,    Related
Parties
    Third
Parties
    Total     Discount  

2017

   $ 134,629     $ 618,394     $ 753,023     $ 23,837  

2018

     150,208       650,052       800,260       23,837  

2019

     13,275       335,681       348,956       993  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     298,112       1,604,127       1,902,239       48,667  

Current portion of note payable

     (134,629     (618,394     (753,023     (23,837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note payable, net of current portion

   $ 163,483     $ 985,733     $ 1,149,216     $ 24,830  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued 22,138 shares of common stock for proceeds of $17,572 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we issued 25,011 shares of common stock for proceeds of $16,456 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our Articles of Incorporation, as amended, authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●      Series C Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series B Preferred Stock

  

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●      Series A Preferred Stock

   The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares are equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of December 31, 2016, we have 1,150,000

 

F-20


Table of Contents

shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to employees and non-statutory options to employees, directors and consultants of OSS. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by the board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in OSS.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during 2016 and 2015 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2015

     2,239,465     $ 0.71        

Granted

     30,000     $ 0.80        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (51,845   $ 0.57        

Exercised

     (25,011   $ 0.66        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

     2,192,609     $ 0.72        5.16     

Granted

     350,000     $ 1.34        

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (248,646   $ 0.65        

Exercised

     (22,139   $ 0.79        
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Outstanding at December 31, 2016

     2,271,824     $ 0.82        5.05      $ 2,569,047  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2016

     1,880,989     $ 0.75        4.23      $ 2,266,586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016

     2,262,393     $ 0.82        5.03      $ 2,562,990  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about common stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2016:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding      Stock Options Exercisable  

Exercise

Price Range

   Number of
Shares
Outstanding
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in
Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.46-$ 0.50

     400,000        7.54      $ 0.46        330,000        7.54      $ 0.46  

$0.75-$ 1.00

     1,521,824        3.40      $ 0.79        1,510,989        3.37      $ 0.79  

$1.01-$ 1.78

     350,000        9.37      $ 1.34        40,000        9.33      $ 1.26  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       
     2,271,824        5.05      $ 0.82        1,880,989        4.23      $ 0.75  
  

 

 

          

 

 

       

 

F-21


Table of Contents

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of our common stock options granted:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2016     2015  

Expected term (in years)

     5.3 – 5.9       5.9  

Expected volatility

     43.4 – 44     53.5 – 56.2

Risk-free interest rate

     1.22 – 1.40     1.49 – 1.87

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.40     $ 0.41  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,401,342     $ 1,467,573  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 25,599     $ 10,556  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed from 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is approximately $105,200, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is 0.96 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

Stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was comprised of the following:

 

     2016      2015  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 56,933      $ 37,202  

Marketing and selling

     17,271        14,406  

Research and development

     3,443        604  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 77,647      $ 52,212  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 67,416 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in connection with the July 2016 Note and the July 2016 Related Party Notes (Note 7). The warrants are exercisable and have a weighted average remaining term of 4.72 years.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2015

     131,580      $ 0.76  

Warrants granted

     67,416        1.78  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – December 31, 2016

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

We have a 401(k) retirement plan. Under the terms of the plan, eligible employees may defer up to 20% of their pre-tax earnings, subject to the Internal Revenue Service annual contribution limit. Additionally, the Plan allows for discretionary matching contributions by us. In 2016 and 2015, we matched 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 4% and 3% of the employee’s annual compensation, respectively. In 2017, the matching contributions were increased to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to a maximum of 5% of the employee’s annual compensation. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, we contributed $124,532 and $68,447, respectively, to the 401(k) Plan.

NOTE 10 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of December 31, 2016, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which it may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, rent expense was $322,696 and $222,255, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Future annual minimum rental commitments under operating leases as of December 31, 2016 are approximately as follows:

 

Years Ending

December 31,

      

2017

   $ 427,000  

2018

     154,000  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 581,000  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 11 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We have engaged an advertising firm whose president is a member of the board of directors. Amounts paid to this company are included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, totaled $53,221 and $37,700, respectively.

We have appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid, including stock-based compensation, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $79,978 and $45,000, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party accounting firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide tax preparation and consulting services. Amounts paid to this accounting firm are included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $15,250 and $11,350, respectively.

We have engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and totaled $135,307 and $35,891, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 totaled $18,803 and $29,811, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the year ended December 31, 2016 were $75,000.

NOTE 12 – INCOME TAXES

For the calendar years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, pre-tax (loss) income was attributed to the following jurisdictions:

 

     2016     2015  

Domestic operations

   $ (369,908   $ 61,816  

Foreign operations

     2,534       (1,437
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (367,374   $ 60,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Set forth below is the (benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31:

 

     2016     2015  

Current:

    

Federal

   $ 39,898     $ 4,609  

State

     7,644       800  

International

     319       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     47,861       5,409  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

    

Federal

     (144,309     36,826  

State

     (86,912     1,917  

International

     423       (423
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (230,798     38,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (benefit) provision for income taxes

   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes computed at federal statutory rates to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Provision at federal statutory rates

   $ (124,907   $ 20,526  

State income taxes, net

     (52,317     1,793  

Research credits

     (58,771     (9,975

Transaction costs

     36,612       -  

Stock based compensation

     8,952       6,693  

Other

     7,494       24,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (182,937   $ 43,729  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of deferred taxes as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 were as follows:

 

     2016     2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Reserves

   $ 110,428     $ 12,232  

Accrued expenses

     88,035       10,410  

Deferred compensation

     216,761       194,777  

Deferred revenue

     59,275       57,358  

Inventories

     1,099,361       711,466  

Credits and loss carryforward

     665,948       720,362  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     2,239,808       1,706,605  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property and equipment

     (227,103     (170,178

Intangible assets

     (944,127     (442,476

Other

     (166,745     (156,295
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,337,975     (768,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 901,833     $ 937,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Management believes that it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefits of the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, California and overseas in Germany and have open tax statutes for federal taxes for the years ended December 31, 2014 through 2016. For California the open tax statutes are for years December 31, 2013 through 2016 and for Germany the open years include December 31, 2015 and 2016.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $0 and $273,555 of state net operating loss carryforwards. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, we have $272,420 and $308,744 of federal tax credit carryforwards which begin to expire in 2026 and state credit carryforwards of $393,527 and $349,049 which carryforward indefinitely.

As of December 31, 2016, the unrecognized tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions was $137,228 and such amount is included in other accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. If recognized, this would affect our effective tax rate.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 100,156  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     13,591  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (6,000
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2015

     107,747  

Gross increases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross decreases for tax positions of prior years

     -  

Gross increases for tax positions of the current year

     31,281  

Settlements

     -  

Lapse of statute of limitations

     (1,800
  

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 137,228  
  

 

 

 

The liability for uncertain tax positions is reviewed quarterly and adjusted as events occur that affect potential liabilities and additional taxes, such as lapsing of applicable statutes of limitations, proposed assessments by tax authorities, negotiations with taxing authorities, identification of new issues, and enactment of new legislation, regulations or promulgation of new case law. Management believes that adequate amounts of tax and related interest, if any, have been provided for any adjustments that may result from these examinations of uncertain tax positions. We do not expect the liability for uncertain tax positions to change significantly over the next year. Our practice is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTE 13 – UNAUDITED NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

Net (Loss) Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share was calculated as follows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

     For The Years Ended December 31,  
     2016        2015  

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Numerator:

       

Net (loss) income attributable to common stockholders

   $ (184,437      $ 16,650  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Denominator:

       

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- basic

     4,782,547          4,065,322  

Effect of dilutive securities

     -          3,372,946  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding
- diluted

     4,782,547          7,438,268  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per common share attributable to common stockholders:

       

Basic

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04      $ 0.00  
  

 

 

      

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net (Loss) Income Per Share

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net (loss) income per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2016 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2016.

NOTE 14 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of

 

F-28


Table of Contents

these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets – Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 15 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net revenue derived from shipments to international destinations represented approximately 44% and 53% of our net product sales in 2016 and 2015, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, substantially all our long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 16 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture named SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users.

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

We have evaluated subsequent events after the consolidated balance sheet date of December 31, 2016 through the date of this filing. Based upon our evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30, 2017      Pro Forma
September 30, 2017
     December 31, 2016  
ASSETS    (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)      (Audited)  

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 488,584      $ 488,584      $ 14,197  

Accounts receivable, net

     3,986,700        3,986,700        4,936,938  

Inventories, net

     4,339,343        4,339,343        3,220,968  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     418,530        418,530        133,964  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,233,157        9,233,157        8,306,067  

Property and equipment, net

     1,157,921        1,157,921        720,355  

Deposits and other

     32,060        32,060        27,739  

Deferred tax assets, net

     901,833        901,833        901,833  

Goodwill

     3,324,128        3,324,128        3,324,128  

Intangible assets, net

     707,102        707,102        1,004,049  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

        

Current liabilities

        

Accounts payable

   $ 2,203,302      $ 2,203,302      $ 2,626,559  

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     2,590,976        2,590,976        1,525,118  

Borrowings on bank line of credit

     2,464,320        2,464,320        2,458,177  

Current portion of related-party notes payable, net of debt discount of $13,905, $13,905 and $13,905, respectively

     132,247        132,247        120,724  

Current portion of note payable, net of debt discount of $9,932, $9,932 and $9,932, respectively

     631,936        631,936        608,462  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     8,022,781        8,022,781        7,339,040  

Related-party notes payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $4,056, $4,056 and $7,532, respectively

     48,328        48,328        148,999  

Note payable, net of current portion and debt discount of $2,897, $2,897 and $5,380, respectively

     498,315        498,315        975,387  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     8,569,424        8,569,424        8,463,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

        

Stockholders’ equity

        

Series C preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,087,006, 0 and 1,087,006 issued and outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $1,630,508

     1,604,101        -        1,604,101  

Series B preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 1,500,000 shares authorized; 1,450,000, 0 and 1,450,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $725,000

     697,996        -        697,996  

Series A preferred stock, no par value, convertible; 500,000 shares authorized; 500,000, 0 and 500,000 issued outstanding, respectively; liquidation preference of $125,000

     114,430        -        114,430  

Common stock, no par value; 11,000,000 shares authorized; 5,506,942, 8,543,948 and 5,374,697 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

     2,269,704        4,686,231        2,170,110  

Noncontrolling interest

     544,892        544,892        -  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,153,555        1,153,555        1,049,305  

Retained earnings

     402,099        402,099        184,803  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     6,786,777        6,786,777        5,820,745  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,356,201      $ 15,356,201      $  14,284,171  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,  
             2017                         2016          
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Net revenue

   $ 20,485,376     $ 12,384,683  

Cost of revenue

     13,770,177       8,778,474  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin

     6,715,199       3,606,209  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative

     2,549,084       1,306,439  

Marketing and selling

     2,140,858       1,328,328  

Research and development

     1,744,053       919,056  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     6,433,995       3,553,823  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     281,204       52,386  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Interest expense

     (144,157     (98,688

Other, net

     8,609       5,862  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense), net

     (135,548     (92,826
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     145,656       (40,440

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     133,468       (21,250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

   $ (205,108   $ -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

   $ 217,296     $ (19,190
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.04     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02     $ (0.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic

     5,429,997       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     9,540,490       4,586,832  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

   $ 0.03    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

   $ 0.02    
  

 

 

   

Weighted average shares used in computing pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

    

Basic

     8,467,003    
  

 

 

   

Diluted

     9,540,490    
  

 

 

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

    Series C Preferred
Stock
    Series B Preferred
Stock
    Series A Preferred
Stock
    Common Stock     Non controlling
Interest
    Additional
Paid-in

Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance, January 1, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,374,697     $ 2,170,110     $ 1,049,305     $ 184,803     $ 5,820,745     $ 5,820,745  

Stock-based compensation

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 104,250       -       104,250  

Exercise of stock options

    -       -       -       -       -       -       132,245       99,594       -       -       -       93,906  

Noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiary (Note 1)

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       544,892       -       -       544,892  

Net income

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       217,296       217,296  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, September 30, 2017

    1,087,006     $ 1,604,101       1,450,000     $ 697,996       500,000     $ 114,430       5,506,942     $ 2,269,704     $ 544,892     $ 1,153,555     $ 402,099     $ 6,786,777  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017     2016  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 12,188     $ (19,190

Less net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to company

     217,296       (19,190

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (205,108     -  

Recovery of bad debt

     (453     -  

Deferred provision for income taxes

     -       (22,050

Warranty reserves

     17,555       (32,899

Amortization of deferred gain

     (28,838     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     600,844       260,245  

Inventory reserves

     (1,064,285     686,530  

Amortization of debt discount

     17,878       4,966  

Stock-based compensation expense

     104,250       55,926  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     950,690       55,427  

Inventories

     (447,331     (443,043

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (284,565     26,112  

Deposits

     (4,320     (1,000

Accounts payable

     (423,257     (799,555

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     846,444       (417,169
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     296,800       (645,700
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Cash acquired in merger

     -       68,308  

Purchases of property and equipment, including capitalization of labor costs for tooling and test equipment

     (117,523     (109,421
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (117,523     (41,113
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock options exercised

     99,594       14,242  

Contributions related to noncontrolling interest, net

     750,000       -  

Proceeds from issuance of related-party notes payable

     -       350,000  

Proceeds from issuance of notes payable

     -       250,000  

Proceeds from bank term loans

     -       143,475  

Net borrowings (repayments )on bank line of credit

     6,142       (28,060

Payments on related-party notes payable

     (99,646     (20,472

Payments on notes payable

     (460,980     (14,623
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     295,110       694,562  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     For The Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
     2017      2016  
     (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     474,387        7,749  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     14,197        25,074  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 488,584      $ 32,823  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 123,120      $ 100,725  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ -      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of inventories to property and equipment

   $ 393,242      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Relative fair value of warrants issued in connection with notes and related-party notes payable (Note 7)

   $ -      $ 59,592  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition of Magma through issuance of common stock (Note 2)

   $ -      $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred revenue related to Technology Agreement (Note 2)

   $  230,700      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations

One Stop Systems, Inc. (“we,” “our,” “OSS,” or the “Company”) was incorporated as a California corporation in 1999 after initially being formed as a California limited liability company in 1998. On July 6, 2016, we entered into a Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization with Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) whereby Magma merged with and into OSS with OSS continuing as the surviving corporation.

We design, manufacture and market industrial grade computer systems and components that are based on industry standard computer architectures. We market our products to manufacturers of automated equipment used for telecommunications, industrial and military applications.

During the year ended December 31, 2015, we formed a new wholly owned subsidiary in Germany (“OSS GmbH”). During 2016, we acquired Magma and its operations (see Note 2).

On April 6, 2017, OSS and a related entity formed a joint venture name SkyScale, LLC in the State of California. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity owned by one of OSS’ board members, agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and OSS agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from OSS. Each party received a 50% membership interest in the joint venture. The purpose of SkyScale, LLC is to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services.

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement with Western Digital (“WDT”) for their Ion flash storage software. The agreement provides us with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products. We intend to develop and sell Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays, as well as service existing WDT software users (Note 2).

Also, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Service Agreement with WDT to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. We also purchased certain equipment from WDT and hired selected employees to assist in the servicing of these existing customers. Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from WDT comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to WDT pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to WDT of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. WDT is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing WDT software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rune 210.1-02(w).

Our primary sources of liquidity come from existing cash; cash generated from operations, a bank revolving line of credit and related party and third party term notes. Borrowings under the debt agreements are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

For the nine month period ended September 30, 2017, we are experiencing growing sales and gross profits, have a strong order backlog, and recently increased our line of credit facility. The combination of continued revenue growth we have experienced, coupled with an expected improvement in gross margins and cost containment of expenses leads management to believe that it is probable that our liquidity will be sufficient to meet

 

F-35


Table of Contents

our cash requirements for current operations through at least a period of the next twelve months. If necessary, management also believes that it is probable that external sources of debt and/or equity financing could be obtained based on management’s history of being able to raise capital coupled with current favorable market conditions. As a result of both management’s plans and current favorable business trends, we believe the conditions which may raise substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern have been alleviated. Therefore, the accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern.

However, there can be no assurance that our operations will become profitable or that external sources of financing, including the issuance of debt and/or equity securities, will be available at times and on terms acceptable to us, or at all. Our management prepares budgets and monitors our financial results as a tool to align liquidity needs to the recurring business requirements and as a result our management believes that we have sufficient liquidity to satisfy our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Certain information and note disclosures normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America have been condensed or omitted pursuant to those rules and regulations, although we believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make the information not misleading. It is suggested that these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with our audited December 31, 2016 consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OSS, which includes the results from the Ion business combination, its two wholly owned subsidiaries, OSS GmbH, and Mission Technology Group, Inc., dba Magma, and the accounts of the joint venture, SkyScale LLC (collectively referred to as “we,” “our,” “OSS,” the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On April 6, 2017, OSS and Jacoma Investments, LLC, an entity controlled by our board member Jack Harrison, formed a joint venture, SkyScale, LLC (“SkyScale”), to engage in the business of providing high performance computing capabilities as cloud services. In accordance with the terms of the contribution agreement, Jacoma Investments, LLC agreed to contribute $750,000 in capital and we agreed to contribute $750,000 in the form

 

F-36


Table of Contents

of credits to purchase equipment, personnel or support services from us. Each party received 50% membership interest in the joint venture. Management determined that SkyScale is a variable interest entity primarily because it is thinly capitalized and may require additional capital to finance its activities.

Management also determined that we are the primary beneficiary of SkyScale based primarily on the related party nature of SkyScales’s decision-makers and daily business operators. As of September 30, 2017, SkyScale significant assets were comprised of cash and cash equivalents of $400,835 and computer-related equipment and other assets of $423,048, its significant liabilities were comprised of trade accounts payable of $126,769, and its net members’ equity totaled $697,114. For the period from inception through September 30, 2017, SkyScale’s revenues were $8,200, its operating expenses (primarily personnel costs) aggregated $418,416, and its net loss was $410,216.

The non-controlling interest attributable to SkyScale LLC is shown as a component of equity on the consolidated balance sheets and the share of the profit (loss) attributable to the non-controlling interest is shown as a component of profit (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosures of contingent assets, liabilities, and expenses at the date of the consolidated financial statements during the reporting period. Significant estimates made by management include, among others, the fair value of net assets acquired in July 2016 and Ion in July 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts, fair value of stock options and warrants, recoverability of inventories and long-lived assets, and realizability of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

We have filed a registration statement on Form S-1 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. If the offering is consummated on certain terms, our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock on a one-for-one basis. The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on September 30, 2017. In the accompanying statements of operations, unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all 3,037,006 outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on January 1, 2016.

Concentration Risks

At times, deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), which provides basic deposit coverage with limits up to $250,000 per owner. As of September 30, 2017, we had no amounts in excess of the insurance limits. We have not experienced any such losses in these accounts.

At September 30, 2017, one customer accounted for 40% of net trade accounts receivable and one customer accounted for 37% of net revenue for the nine months then ended. During the nine months ended September 30, 2016, one customer accounted for 28% of net revenue.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we made purchases from two suppliers which represented approximately 40% and 52% of materials purchased.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist principally of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt instruments. The fair value of or cash equivalents is determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or Level 1 inputs. We recognize transfers between Levels 1 through 3 of the fair value hierarchy at the beginning of the reporting period. The fair values of our variable rate debt instruments approximate its carrying values based upon management’s assessment of the current credit markets. It is not practicable to estimate the fair value of our fixed rate instruments (including related party notes payable) due to the private nature of those transactions and the lack of an observable market.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit and money market accounts. We consider all highly liquid temporary cash investments with an initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Management believes that the carrying amounts of cash equivalents approximate their fair value because of the short maturity period.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is an estimate to cover the losses resulting from the inability of customers to make payments on their outstanding balances. In estimating the required allowance, management considers the overall quality and aging of the accounts receivable, specific customer circumstances, current economic trends, and historical experience with collections. At September 30, 2017, the allowance for doubtful accounts is $3,424.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We use the average cost method for purposes of determining cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out method. We establish reserves on our inventories to write-down the carrying value of our estimated obsolete or excess inventories to market value based upon observations of historical usage, assumptions about future demand and market conditions. In addition, we consider changes in the market value of components in determining the net realizable value of our inventory. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of the inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are sold or otherwise disposed.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, other than leasehold improvements, are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Tooling and test equipment includes capitalized labor costs associated with the development of the related tooling and test equipment. Costs incurred for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, and expenditures for major replacements and improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of disposed assets are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in other expense, net.

Goodwill

Goodwill relates to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead we assess possible impairment of goodwill at least annually and when an event occurs that may trigger such a review. Determining whether a triggering event has occurred involves our significant judgment. Management assesses goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, and has determined that we only have one reporting unit.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

In assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we assess relevant events and circumstances that may impact the fair value and the carrying amount of a reporting unit. The identification of relevant events and circumstances and how these may impact a reporting unit’s fair value or carrying amount involve significant judgments by management. These judgments include the consideration of macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance and events which are specific to OSS. Each factor is assessed to determine whether it impacts the impairment test positively or negatively, and the magnitude of any such impact.

After the qualitative assessment, the impairment testing is a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, then goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then the second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill and an impairment loss is recorded for an amount equal to the difference between the implied fair value and the carrying value of the goodwill. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit and goodwill is judgmental and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions.

Based upon our impairment testing, we determined that no impairment loss has occurred during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review the recoverability of our other long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and definite lived intangible assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate the carrying value of the asset or asset group may not be recoverable. The assessment for possible impairment is based on our ability to recover the carrying value of the asset or asset group from the expected future pre-tax cash flows, undiscounted and without interest charges, from the related operations. If the aggregate of the net cash flows is less than the carrying value of such assets, an impairment loss is recognized for the difference between estimated fair value and carrying value. The determination and measurement of impairment of long-lived assets requires management to estimate future cash flows and the fair value of long-lived assets.

Management determined that there were no impairment charges to be recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. There can be no assurance, however, that market conditions will not change or demand for our products will continue, which could result in an impairment of long-lived assets in the future.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605. Accordingly, revenue from the sale of products is recognized when there is evidence of an arrangement, the selling price is fixed or determinable, title and risk of loss has transferred to the customer, any installation or service obligations have been satisfied, and collection is reasonably assured. Net revenue includes deductions for customer discounts and actual and estimated returns. All amounts billed to customers related to shipping and handling are classified as net sales.

Customer agreements include one vendor managed inventory program. Pursuant to Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 13.A.3.a, we recognize revenue under this arrangement when (i) risks of ownership have passed to the customer; (ii) the customer’s commitment to purchase the goods is fixed; (iii) there is a fixed schedule for delivery of the goods that is reasonable and consistent with the customer’s business purpose; (iv) we do not have any specific performance obligations such that the earning process is not complete; (v) the ordered goods have been segregated from our inventory and are not subject to being used to fill other orders; and (vi) the product is complete and ready for shipment. Also, such arrangement must be requested by the customer and the customer has explained a

 

F-39


Table of Contents

substantial business purpose for the arrangement. Management also considers whether the customer’s custodial risks are insured and whether modifications to our normal billing and credit terms were required. During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we recorded revenue from product sales that are held in vendor managed inventory under this agreement of $7,610,265 and $3,269,408, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, $755,586 of products sold through that date were held in vendor management inventory pending fulfillment or shipment to the customer.

Warranty Reserve

We offer product warranties that generally extend for one year from the date of sale. Such warranties require us to repair or replace defective product returned to us during the warranty period at no cost to the customer. We record an estimate for warranty-related costs at the time of sale based on our historical and estimated future product return rates and expected repair or replacement costs (Note 6). While such costs have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established, unexpected changes in failure rates could have a material adverse impact on OSS, requiring additional warranty reserves and could adversely affect our gross profit and gross margins.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Our shipping and handling costs are included in cost of goods sold for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency

OSS GmbH operates as an extension of our domestic operations. The functional currency of OSS GmbH is the Euro. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are remeasured to the functional currency at the average exchange rate in effect during the period. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at historical exchange rates. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for equity issuances to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505. All transactions in which goods or services are the consideration received for the issuance of equity instruments are accounted for based on the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instrument issued, whichever is more reliably measurable. The measurement date used to determine the estimated fair value of the equity instrument issued is the earlier of the date on which the third-party performance is complete or the date on which it is probable that performance will occur.

In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, employee and director stock-based compensation expense recognized during the period is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest during the period. Given that stock-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. FASB ASC Topic 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Our estimated average forfeiture rates are based on historical forfeiture experience and estimated future forfeitures.

The estimated fair value of common stock option awards to employees and directors is calculated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes model requires subjective assumptions regarding the estimated fair value of our common stock, future stock price volatility and expected time to exercise, along with assumptions about the risk-free interest rate and expected dividends, all of which affect the estimated fair values of our common stock option awards. In the absence of an observable market, the estimated fair value of our common

 

F-40


Table of Contents

stock is determined by management and considers the results of an independent third-party valuation report. The expected term of options granted is calculated as the average of the weighted vesting period and the contractual expiration date of the option. This calculation is based on the safe harbor method permitted by the Securities and Exchange Commission in instances where the vesting and exercise terms of options granted meet certain conditions and where limited historical exercise data is available. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the common stock of comparable public companies in our industry. The risk-free rate selected to value any particular grant is based on the U.S. Treasury rate that corresponds to the expected term of the grant effective as of the date of the grant. The expected dividend assumption is based on our history and management’s expectation regarding dividend payouts. Compensation expense for common stock option awards with graded vesting schedules is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the last separately vesting portion of the award, provided that the accumulated cost recognized as of any date at least equals the value of the vested portion of the award.

If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying vested or unvested stock-based awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense, or record additional expense for vested stock-based awards. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock- based compensation may increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods. We adopted this guidance prospectively in the first quarter of 2017 and there was no material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Debt Discounts

The debt discounts, which originated from the relative fair value of the warrants issued in connection with note payable and related-party notes payable during 2016 and 2014 (Note 7), are recorded against note payable and related-party notes payable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization of the debt discounts are calculated using the straight-line method over the term of the notes which approximates the effective interest method and are recorded in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and included in marketing and selling expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Advertising costs for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $77,243 and $87,409, respectively.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenditures are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation, as well as consulting expenses and allocated facilities and other overhead costs. Research and development activities include the development of new technologies, features and functionality in support of our products and customer needs.

Income Taxes

We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the consolidated financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes (“ASU 2015-17”), which requires companies to report their deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, together as a single noncurrent item on their classified balance sheets. We adopted ASU 2015-17 during 2016 and have classified our deferred tax assets as long-term on the consolidated balance sheets.

ASC Topic 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for consolidated financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.

Under ASC Topic 740, the impact of an uncertain income tax position on the income tax return must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon audit by the relevant taxing authority. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. Additionally, ASC Topic 740 provides requirements for derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

We are subject to taxation in the U.S., various state jurisdictions and Germany. Our tax years are subject to examination for 2014 and forward for U.S. Federal tax purposes and for 2013 and forward for California purposes. We do not foresee material changes to our gross liability of uncertain tax positions within the next twelve (12) months.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest associated with our issued debt including the amortization of debt discounts. We recognize the amortization of debt discounts and the amortization of interest costs using a straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Company

Basic net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income attributable to OSS by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares consist of dilutive shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible preferred stock and the exercise or vesting of outstanding stock options and warrants, respectively, computed using the treasury stock method. During a period where a net loss is incurred, dilutive potential shares are excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per share, as inclusion is anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year. The new standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of 2019. We have not yet selected a transition method and are currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and

 

F-42


Table of Contents

net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. We will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2018 and do not expect a material impact on our consolidated financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. We are currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for OSS for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the

 

F-43


Table of Contents

classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for OSS for the year ending December 31, 2019 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. We expect the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

Magma

On July 15, 2016, we acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Mission Technology Group, Inc. (“Magma”) from Magma’s former stockholder (“Magma Stockholder”). Magma designs, manufactures, and markets industrial grade computer systems and components and is also located in southern California. The acquisition is expected to increase our brand awareness and market share and combines the expertise of OSS in the computer hardware industry with Magma’s customer base.

We issued 1,263,749 shares of our common stock to the Magma Stockholder for 100% of Magma shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of our common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to our common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

The transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, goodwill has been measured as the excess of the total consideration over the amounts assigned to the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill was attributed to management’s assessment of projected increases in overall revenues derived from greater brand awareness and certain economies of scale.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date is as follows:

 

Cash

   $ 68,308  

Accounts receivable

     356,499  

Prepaid expenses

     93,800  

Inventories

     1,208,675  

Property and equipment

     143,705  

Customer lists and relationships

     398,717  

Drawings and technology

     760,207  

Trademarks and URL’s

     25,000  

Other intangibles

     2,759  

Deposits and other

     17,202  

Accounts payable

     (842,843

Warranty reserve

     (15,000

Deferred tax liability

     (266,620

Accrued expenses

     (816,249

Other accrued liabilities

     (50,000

Line of credit

     (517,335

Notes payable, current portion

     (157,572

Notes payable, long-term

     (200,000
  

 

 

 

Total fair value excluding goodwill

     209,253  

Goodwill

     1,547,358  
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 1,756,611  
  

 

 

 

Fair valuation methods used for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition make use of quoted prices in active market, discounted cash flows for assessing the value of the customer lists and relationships and the relief from royalty method for determination of drawing and technology values, both using a risk adjusted weighted cost of capital. Management estimates that any residual value from the intangible assets listed above will not be significant. The weighted-average amortization period of each intangible asset identified above is three years.

On the acquisition date, goodwill of $1,547,358 and other intangible assets of $1,186,683 were recorded. The business combination is considered a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, acquired goodwill and intangibles of $2,734,041 is not tax-deductible. However, Magma had tax-deductible goodwill of $496,275 (with an original basis of $1,294,624) that will continue to be amortized for tax purposes after the acquisition. In accordance with Topic 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, we completed our annual impairment test and determined that the goodwill was not impaired at December 31, 2016.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

The following unaudited pro forma information presents the results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2016, as if the acquisition of Magma had occurred on January 1, 2016.

 

Revenue

   $ 15,171,319  
  

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (213,367
  

 

 

 

Acquisition-related pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

  

Basic

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.04
  

 

 

 

The amount of revenues and net (loss) income of Magma included in our consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 are $4,358,217 and $1,285,421 and ($56,898) and $73,870, respectively.

The definite lived intangible assets consisted of the following as of September 30, 2017:

 

Definite lived intangible assets:

   Expected
Life
     Average
Remaining
Life
     Gross
Intangible
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net
Intangible
Assets
 

Drawings and technology

     3 years        1.8 years      $ 760,207      $ 306,194      $ 454,013  

Customer lists and relationships

     3 years        1.8 years        398,717        160,594        238,123  

Trademarks, URLs and other

     3 years        1.8 years        27,759        12,793        14,966  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
         $ 1,186,683      $ 479,581      $ 707,102  
        

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Amortization expense recognized during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $296,946 and $83,222, respectively. The amortization expense of the definite lived intangible assets for the years remaining is as follows:

 

     2017      2018      2019      Total  

Total

   $ 98,614      $ 395,561      $ 212,927      $ 707,102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ion Software and Services

On May 9, 2017, we entered into a Technology and Software Source Code License Agreement (the “Technology Agreement”) with Western Digital for its Ion flash storage software. The Technology Agreement provides OSS with the Ion source code and rights to develop and market derivative products with the intended purpose of developing and selling Ion flash storage software with our high-density storage arrays. Concurrently with the Technology Agreement, we purchased certain equipment from Western Digital, have the right to hire selected employees and to have the right to forgo certain royalty payments on purchases of solid state drives for a designated customer.

We took receipt of the licensed software and equipment in July 2017 and made payment in September 2017. The equipment has not yet been placed in service pending build-out of a facility and evaluation as to what equipment will be retained or sold.

Subsequently, on July 1, 2017, we entered into a Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Western Digital to service their existing customer base that utilizes Ion flash storage software. The Services Agreement grants the rights and obligations to OSS to provide Ion software level 1-4 support services (as defined in the agreement) to existing Western Digital software users for a three year period based upon fixed quarterly payments.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

The Ion transaction was accounted for using the acquisition method pursuant to ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations. Accordingly, the excess of the total fair value of identifiable assets value over the consideration paid is being deferred and recognized over a thirty-six month period pro-rata with the time period and the rendering of Western Digital customer support services. Deferred revenue recognized for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 is $28,838 and is including in revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. We incurred $61,368 in shipping and storage fees related to the acquisition of this equipment. These costs which have been included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017.

Management has determined that the activities and assets acquired from Western Digital comprise a business as defined in ASC 805-10-55-4 through 55. Consideration paid by us to Western Digital pursuant to the arrangements described above was $67,000. In addition, we are required to pay prospective royalties to Western Digital of $2,500 or $5,000 for each sale of our products that include licensed software. Western Digital is obligated to pay us for services rendered to support existing Western Digital software users the amount of $1,400,000 in defined declining quarterly amounts over a three year period. Management does not believe this business acquisition meets the significance definition provided in Regulation S-X, Rule 210.1-02(w).

The determination of fair value for the identifiable net assets acquired in the acquisition was determined by management and considered the results of a third party appraisal of the fair value of equipment purchased. Prior to July 1, 2017, there were no operations or activities associated with this acquisition.

The allocation of the total consideration to the acquired net assets as of the acquisition date for Ion is as follows:

 

Equipment

   $ 297,700  

Amount paid

     (67,000
  

 

 

 

Gain on acquisition of equipment to be recognized over the three year contract service period

   $ 230,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Accounts receivable, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accounts receivable

   $ 3,990,124  

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (3,424
  

 

 

 
   $ 3,986,700  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES

Inventories, net consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Raw materials

   $ 3,611,086  

Sub-assemblies

     1,804,941  
  

 

 

 
     5,416,027  

Less: reserves for obsolete and slow-moving inventories

     (1,076,684
  

 

 

 
   $ 4,339,343  
  

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Computers and computer equipment

   $ 857,314  

Furniture and office equipment

     72,110  

Manufacturing equipment and engineering tools

     1,671,010  

Leasehold improvements

     109,117  
  

 

 

 
     2,709,551  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,551,630
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,157,921  
  

 

 

 

During the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, we incurred $303,898 and $177,023 of depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment, respectively.

NOTE 6 – ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following at September 30, 2017:

 

Accrued compensation and related liabilities

   $ 467,474  

Deferred revenue and customer deposits

     1,180,412  

Warranty reserve

     55,323  

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

     887,767  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,590,976  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 7 – DEBT

Bank Line of Credit

In May 2015, we entered into a credit agreement (“Credit Agreement”) with a financial institution which provides for a revolving line of credit and a term note payable. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement are collateralized by substantially all of our assets and the personal guarantee of our chief executive officer.

Under the terms of the revolving line of credit, as amended in July 2016, we can borrow up to $3,000,000. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at a LIBOR-based rate, as defined in the Credit Agreement, plus 2.5% (totaling 3.2% at December 31, 2016 and 3.7% as of September 30, 2017), and interest is payable monthly. The outstanding principal balance of the revolving line of credit was due and payable in full on July 31, 2017. In August 2017, we received a three-month extension on our revolving line of credit while additional terms and conditions are agreed to for the full extension of the revolving line of credit. On October 5, 2017, the line of credit was renewed and modified. The line of credit has been extended through August 31, 2018, and the unrestricted borrowing capacity was increased from $3,000,000 to $3,500,000. The outstanding balance on the line of credit as of September 30, 2017 is $2,464,320. The credit agreement is subject to certain financial and non-financial covenants with which we are not in compliance as of September 30, 2017, but for which we have received a waiver.

Notes Payable

In May 2015, we issued a note payable in connection with the Credit Agreement totaling $1,250,000 (“May 2015 Note”). Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrued on the outstanding balance at 3.60% per

 

F-48


Table of Contents

annum. The May 2015 Note required us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $36,750 through the maturity date.

In July 2016, we refinanced the Magma note payable (Note 2) and the May 2015 Note into a new $1,600,000 note payable (“Refinanced Note”). Under the terms of the Refinanced Note, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 3.80% per annum. The Refinanced Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $47,219 through the maturity date of July 31, 2019. The balance outstanding as of September 30, 2017 was $1,001,268.

In July 2016, we issued a note payable totaling $250,000 (“July 2016 Note”) to a third party. Under the terms of the note agreement, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Note requires us to make monthly principal and interest payments totaling $9,570 with a maturity date on January 15, 2019. The note is unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and is subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Note is $141,811.

In connection with July 2016 Note, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholder warrants to purchase 28,090 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $24,830. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 62% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Related-Party Notes Payable

In July 2016, we issued notes payable totaling $350,000 (“July 2016 Related Party Notes”) to two stockholders. Under the terms of the note agreements, interest accrues on the outstanding balance at 11% per annum. The July 2016 Related Party Notes require us to make total monthly principal and interest payments of $13,395 with maturity dates on January 15, 2019. The notes are unsecured and guaranteed by our chief executive officer and are subordinated to borrowings under the Credit Agreement. As of September 30, 2017, the outstanding balance on the July 2016 Related Party Notes is $198,535.

In connection with July 2016 Related Party Notes, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 20% of the original principal at a price per share equal to $1.78 per share. Accordingly, we issued to the noteholders warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.78 per share in July 2016.

The relative fair value of the warrants was $34,762. The relative fair value of warrants was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following weighted-average assumptions: fair value of our common stock at issuance of $1.78 per share; seven year contractual term; 55% volatility; 0% dividend rate; and a risk-free interest rate of 1.42%.

Debt Discount

The relative fair value of the warrants were recorded as debt discounts, decreasing notes payable and related-party notes payable and increasing additional paid-in capital on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discounts are being amortized to interest expense over the terms of the corresponding notes payable using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, total debt discount amortization was $17,878 and $4,966, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

NOTE 8 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common Stock

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, we issued 132,245 shares of common stock for proceeds of $99,594 in cash related to the exercise of stock options.

Preferred Stock

Our amended Articles of Incorporation authorize us to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 11,000,000 shares of common stock. The authorized preferred stock have been further designated as follows: 500,000 as Series A Preferred Stock; 1,500,000 as Series B Preferred Stock; and 2,000,000 as Series C Preferred Stock.

The liquidation preferences of the preferred shares are as follows:

 

●       Series C Preferred Stock                The liquidation preference is $1.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock.
●       Series B Preferred Stock   

The liquidation preference is $0.50 per share, and the shares have liquidation preference over common stock and Series A Preferred Stock.

 

●       Series A Preferred Stock    The liquidation preference is $0.25 per share, the shares have liquidation preference over common stock.

Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Series C Preferred Stock (“Preferred Shares”) are convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one share of common stock. In addition, the shares automatically convert into shares of common stock upon the date specified by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such securities, or the closing of a public offering of common stock with gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 at an offering price of not less than $5.00 per share.

Each of the Preferred Shares is non-redeemable, is not eligible for dividends, unless declared, and the voting rights of the Preferred Shares is equivalent to the voting rights of common stock.

Regarding unissued Preferred Shares, the board of directors is authorized to determine or alter any or all of the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon wholly unissued series of Preferred Shares, and to fix or alter the number of shares comprising any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them, and to provide for rights and terms of redemption or conversion of the shares of any such series.

Stock Options

We maintained a stock option plan that was established in 2000 (“2000 Plan”). In November 2008, we increased the maximum number of shares of our common stock that were issuable under the 2000 Plan to 3,000,000 shares of our common stock. The 2000 Plan has expired and no future grants may be awarded under the 2000 Plan.

In December 2011, we adopted a stock option plan (“2011 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 240,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2011 Plan. In December 2015, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2015 Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock and, as of September 30, 2017, we have 790,000 shares of common stock available for future grant under the 2015 Plan. The terms of the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan provide for the grant of incentive options to our employees and nonstatutory options to our employees, directors and

 

F-50


Table of Contents

consultants. The exercise price per share for options under the 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan is determined by our board of directors, but for incentive stock options the exercise price shall not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Options under the plans expire no more than ten years after the date of grant and/or within five years after the date of the grant for incentive options granted to an owner/employee with a greater than 10% ownership interest in the Company.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 is follows:

 

     Stock Options Outstanding  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at January 1, 2017

     2,271,824     $ 0.82  

Granted

     360,000     $ 1.95  

Forfeited / Cancelled

     (112,160   $ 0.75  

Exercised

     (132,243   $ 0.75  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

     2,387,421     $ 1.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercisable at September 30, 2017

     1,883,245     $ 0.79  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2017

     2,370,581     $ 0.99  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents details of the assumptions used to calculate the weighted-average grant date fair value of common stock options granted by the Company:

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
     2017     2016  

Expected term (in years)

     5.32 - 5.88       5.32 - 5.88  

Expected volatility

     43.5 - 43.8     43.4 - 44.0

Risk-free interest rate

     1.86 - 2.07     1.22 - 1.40

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 0.85     $ 0.40  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Grant date fair value of options vested

   $ 1,494,436     $ 1,487,159  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 158,449     $ 3,746  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2017, the amount of unearned stock-based compensation estimated to be expensed during the remainder of 2017 through 2019 related to unvested common stock options is $299,790, net of estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average period over which the unearned stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.16 years. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested awards, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense or calculate and record additional expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional common stock options or other stock-based awards.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Stock-based compensation expense for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was comprised of the following:

 

     2017      2016  

Stock-based compensation classified as:

     

General and administrative

   $ 73,295      $  41,414  

Production

     2,821        -  

Marketing and selling

     18,362        12,308  

Research and development

     9,772        2,204  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $  104,250      $ 55,926  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants

The following table summarizes our warrant activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2017:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Warrants outstanding – January 1, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  

Warrants granted

     -        -  

Warrants exercised

     -        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Warrants outstanding – September 30, 2017

     198,996      $ 1.11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to various legal claims and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management after consultation with legal counsel, the ultimate disposition of any such matters as of September 30, 2017, will not have a materially adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

Guarantees and Indemnities

We have made certain indemnities, under which we may be required to make payments to an indemnified party, in relation to certain transactions. We indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the maximum extent permitted under the laws of the State of California. In connection with our facility lease, we have indemnified our lessor for certain claims arising from the use of the facilities. Also, in connection with our Credit Agreement (Note 7), we have agreed to indemnify our lender and others related to the use of the proceeds and other matters. The duration of the indemnities varies, and in many cases is indefinite. These indemnities do not provide for any limitation of the maximum potential future payments we could be obligated to make. Historically, we have not been obligated to make any payments for these obligations and no liabilities have been recorded for these indemnities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Leases

We lease our corporate office, manufacturing, and warehouse facilities under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through August 2018. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, rent expense was $356,187 and $201,615, respectively.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTE 10 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

We appointed certain stockholders to the board of directors. Director fees paid by OSS, including stock-based compensation, for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, totaled $73,350 and $27,566, respectively, and are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We engaged a related-party law firm (a principal of that firm owns shares in OSS) to provide legal services. Legal fees paid to this firm are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 and totaled $79,821 and $125,752, respectively.

We issued notes payable to Series B preferred stockholders totaling $350,000 during the year ended December 31, 2016. In connection with the issuance of the July 2016 Related Party Notes during the year ended December 31, 2016, we issued warrants to purchase 39,326 shares of common stock at $1.78 per share (Notes 7 and 8).

Interest expense on all related-party notes payable for the periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 was $31,359 and $9,366, respectively.

Effective August 1, 2016, we entered into a management services agreement with a company owned by the former chief executive officer of Magma. The agreement calls for payments of $180,000 per year for the first two years paid in monthly installments. In the third year, the amount is reduced to $37,500 for the year paid in monthly installments. Additionally, we granted 30,000 nonstatutory stock options in conjunction with execution of this agreement with an exercise price of $1.78 per share. Payments for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 were $135,000 and $30,000, respectively.

NOTE 11 – UNAUDITED NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

Net Income Per Share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share was calculated as follows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 (unaudited):

 

     For The Nine Months Ended September 30,
For The Six Months Ended June 30,
 
             2017                      2016          

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Numerator:

     

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ 217,296      $ (19,190
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic

     5,429,997        4,586,832  

Effect of dilutive securities

     4,110,493        -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted

     9,540,490        4,586,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share attributable to common stockholders:

     

Basic

   $ 0.04      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.02      $ (0.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Share

The unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 gives effect to certain adjustments arising upon the closing of an initial public offering. Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for the nine month period ended September 30, 2017 has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock as of September 30, 2017 into 3,037,006 shares of our common stock, as if the conversion had occurred on January 1, 2017.

NOTE 12 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We use a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. These tiers include:

 

    Level 1, defined as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

    Level 2, defined as inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

 

    Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

The carrying value of financial instruments including cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Assets and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Magma were recorded at fair value based upon our market assumptions which approximated carrying value (except for acquired intangible assets - Note 2) due to the short-term nature of the instruments.

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

We operate in one reportable segment: the design and manufacture of high performance computer systems and components. We evaluate financial performance on a company-wide basis.

To date, a majority of our international sales relate to shipments of products to our U.S. customers’ international manufacturing sites or third- party hubs. Net product sales derived from shipments to international destinations, primarily to the United Kingdom (including foreign subsidiaries of customers that are headquartered in the United States) represented 52% and 44% of our net product sales during the nine month periods ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. All of our net product sales to date have been denominated in U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2017, substantially all long-lived assets were located in the United States of America.

NOTE 14 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On October 5, 2017, we received a modification of terms extending the bank line of credit through August 31, 2018, and increased the borrowing capacity to $3,500,000 (Note 7).

On October 11, 2017, we adopted a new stock option plan (“2017 Equity Incentive Plan”) under which we may issue up to 1,500,000 shares of our common stock. No options have been issued under this plan. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is subject to approval by our stockholders.

We have evaluated subsequent events after the condensed consolidated balance sheet date of September 30, 2017 through the date of filing. Based upon its evaluation, management has determined that, other than as disclosed in the accompanying notes, no subsequent events have occurred that would require recognition in the accompanying consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the notes thereto.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Stockholder of

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (the “Company”), which comprise the balance sheet as of December 31, 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity (deficit), and cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT (CONTINUED)

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, and for the period from January 1, 2016 through July 15, 2016, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

As described in Note 2 to the financial statements, on July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc., acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Our opinion is not modified with respect to this matter.

/s/ Haskell & White LLP

HASKELL & WHITE LLP

Irvine, California

November 9, 2017

 

F-56


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Balance Sheet

 

     December 31,
2015
 

ASSETS

  

Current assets:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 80,405  

Accounts receivable

     681,935  

Inventory, net

     1,572,653  

Other current assets

     54,559  
  

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,389,552  

Property and equipment, net

     186,781  

Other assets:

  

Intangible assets, net

     16,596  

Deposits

     18,702  
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 624,985  

Accrued liabilities

     720,874  

Line of credit

     950,335  

Notes payable, current portion

     150,782  
  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,446,976  

Long-term liabilities:

  

Notes payable, less current portion

     376,941  
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,823,917  
  

 

 

 

Stockholder’s equity:

  

Common stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 4,600,000 shares issued and outstanding

     22,231  

Accumulated deficit

     (234,517
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s deficit

     (212,286
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,611,631  
  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-57


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Operations

 

     Period From
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Revenue

   $ 2,786,636     $ 7,684,886  

Costs of goods sold

     1,682,908       4,614,942  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,103,728       3,069,944  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

General and administrative expenses

     912,549       1,283,622  

Research and development expenses

     409,472       1,093,613  

Selling expenses

     252,177       757,141  

Marketing expenses

     21,927       147,925  

Depreciation and amortization expense

     56,914       98,907  

Customer support expenses

     45,343       89,350  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,698,382       3,470,558  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net operating loss

     (594,654     (400,614
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

    

Other income

     43       20,892  

Interest expense

     (57,092     (84,297

Gain on sale of assets (Note 4)

     462,857       -  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     405,808       (63,405
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     5,331       1,600  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-58


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

 

     Common Stock               
     Shares      Amount      Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
    Total  

Balance, January 1, 2015

     4,600,000      $ 1,000      $ 435,610     $ 436,610  

Distributions

     -        -        (204,508     (204,508

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        21,231        -       21,231  

Net loss

     -        -        (465,619     (465,619
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

     4,600,000        22,231        (234,517     (212,286

Distributions

     -        -        (35,100     (35,100

Stock-based compensation expense

     -        9,268        -       9,268  

Net loss

     -        -        (194,177     (194,177
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, July 15, 2016

     4,600,000      $ 31,499      $ (463,794   $ (432,295
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-59


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
    Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (194,177   $ (465,619

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Gain on sale of assets

     (462,857     -  

Depreciation and amortization

     56,914       98,907  

Inventory reserves

       81,629  

Stock-based compensation

     9,268       21,231  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     325,436       490,949  

Inventory

     153,222       429,517  

Other current assets

     (76,384     28,547  

Other assets

     1,500       3,964  

Accounts payable

     217,859       (222,252

Accrued liabilities

     10,702       (15,686

Other liabilities

     84,672       362,979  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     126,155       814,166  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Proceeds from sale of patents

     500,000       -  

Purchase of property and equipment

     -       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     500,000       (415,822
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from stock purchases

     -       1,000  

Net (payments) borrowings on line of credit

     (433,000     950,335  

Proceeds from borrowings on notes payable

     -       600,000  

Repayments of notes payable

     (170,152     (1,851,458

Stockholder distributions

     (35,100     (204,508
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (638,252     (504,631
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

     (12,097     (106,287

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     80,405       186,692  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 68,308     $ 80,405  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-60


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Statements of Cash Flows (Cont.)

 

     Period from
January 1,
through
July 15, 2016
     Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

     

Cash paid during the period for interest

   $ 56,977      $ 84,408  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

   $ 5,600      $ 1,600  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash transactions:

     

Reclassification of other current assets to fixed assets

   $ 37,143      $ -  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

F-61


Table of Contents

MISSION TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. DBA MAGMA

Notes to Financial Statements

NOTE 1 – NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Business Activity

Mission Technology Group, Inc. dba Magma (“Magma”) is a California corporation incorporated on January 5, 2007.

On February 21, 2007, Magma entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of a PCI expansion and docking business in exchange for consideration of $3,800,000. The tangible and intangible assets acquired consisted primarily of inventories, cash, customer contracts, customer relationships, patents and the Magma trademark.

Magma is primarily engaged in engineering and manufacturing patented PCI (peripheral component interconnect) expansion systems which provide the capability to add additional PCI slots to computers and servers. Magma provides its technology to the entertainment production industry, federal and state governments, and the defense industry.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on an accrual basis of accounting in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), as set forth in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on deposit with banks and money-market accounts. Magma maintains its cash balances with high-credit-quality financial institutions. At times, such cash may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-insured limit of $250,000. Magma has not experienced any losses in such accounts, and management believes Magma is not exposed to any significant credit risk on its cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Management closely monitors outstanding accounts receivable and presents receivables in the balance sheet, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Receivables are written off in the year that they are determined to be uncollectible. At December 31, 2015, Magma considered all accounts receivable to be fully collectible. Accordingly, there was no allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015.

Revenue and Cost Recognition

Magma’s revenue is derived primarily from sales of PCI expansion systems. Magma’s policy is to recognize revenue from product sales upon shipment and transfer of ownership from Magma or contract manufacturer to the customer.

In addition, evidence of arrangement, a determinable sales price, and probability of collection is required before revenue is recognized. Magma records reductions to revenue for estimated future product returns based on Magma’s historical experience.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

In one instance during 2014, Magma sold products to a defense industry customer and granted such customer a right to return the sold products based on the outcome of future events. Magma does not recognize revenue in such situations until the uncertainty is resolved and the customer return period contractually ends. As of December 31, 2015, Magma has fully-reserved for related inventories of $159,830 and has recorded a customer deposit liability of $338,668.

Inventory

Magma’s inventory consists of materials purchased partially and fully assembled for computer components. All inventory is stated at the lower of cost of market with cost determined using the weighted-average method. Magma monitors usage reports to determine if the carrying value of any items should be adjusted due to lack of demand for the product. Magma adjusts down the carrying value of inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and the estimated market value based upon assumptions projected by management. Inventory reserves are considered permanent adjustments to the cost basis of inventories, and are not reversed until the specific inventories are either sold or otherwise disposed. As of December 31, 2015, management determined that inventory reserves aggregating $81,629 were required.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets. Costs of major improvements are capitalized; costs of normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Intangible Assets

In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, intangible assets with a finite life are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life. Management reviews amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset is measured by comparing the carrying value to future undiscounted cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, a loss will be recognized equal to the excess carrying value compared to its fair value.

Patents are being amortized on a straight-line basis over terms from 10 years to 20 years.

Warranty Costs

Magma provides limited warranties on all of its products for periods not exceeding one year from the date of sale. Magma accrues for the warranty costs based on Magma’s actual claim experience, which at December 31, 2015, indicated that no accrual was necessary. Warranty expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4,678 and $5,254, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Total advertising and promotion expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $21,927 and $147,925, respectively.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Magma classifies freight billed to customers as revenue and the related freight costs as cost of goods sold.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

Income Taxes

The stockholder elected under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code and a similar section of California income tax law to be treated as an S corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. The effect of this election provides that, in lieu of corporate income taxes, the stockholder is taxed on Magma’s taxable income. California franchise taxes are accrued at the greater of 1.5 percent of taxable net income less certain tax credits or a minimum tax of $800.

Magma evaluates all significant tax positions as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. As of December 31, 2015, Magma does not believe it has taken any tax positions that would require the recording of any additional tax liability nor does it believe that there are any unrealized tax benefits that would either increase or decrease within the next year. Magma’s income tax returns are subject to examination by the appropriate tax jurisdictions and Magma’s federal and state tax returns remain open for the prior three-and four-year periods, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in FASB Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. The amendment also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include the capitalization and amortization of certain contract costs, ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. On July 9, 2015, the FASB approved amendments deferring the effective date of the standard by one year to December 15, 2017 for annual reporting periods beginning after that date and permitting early adoption of the standard, but not before the original effective date or for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Magma will not early adopt the new standard and therefore the new standard will be effective for Magma in the first quarter of its fiscal 2019. Magma has not yet selected a transition method and is currently assessing the impact the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its financial statements and disclosures

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). The amendments in this update provide guidance about management’s responsibilities to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The main provision of the amendments are for an entity’s management, in connection with the preparation of financial statements, to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.

Management’s evaluation should be based on relevant conditions and events that are known or reasonably knowable at the date the consolidated financial statements are issued. When management identifies conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, the entity should disclose

 

F-64


Table of Contents

information that enables users of the consolidated financial statements to understand all of the following: (1) principal conditions or events that raised substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern (before consideration of management’s plans); (2) management’s evaluation of the significance of those conditions or events in relation to the entity’s ability to meet its obligations; and (3) management’s plans that alleviated substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern or management’s plans that are intended to mitigate the conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) (“ASU 2015-11”). The amendments in ASU 2015-11 require that an entity measure inventory within the scope of the standard at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transaction. The amendments in this update more closely align the measurement of inventory in U.S. GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2015-11 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements or disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). Under ASU 2016-02, lessees will be required to recognize the following for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. Lessees must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. Lessees may not apply a full retrospective transition approach. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02 on its financial statements and disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718) (“ASU 2016-09”), which simplified certain aspects of the accounting for stock-based payment transactions, including income taxes, classification of awards and classification in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods. Magma will adopt this guidance in the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect a material impact on its financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all of the amendments are adopted in the same period. Magma is currently evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-15 on its financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business (“ASU 2017-01”). The amendments in this update clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for transactions that have not been reported in financial statements that have been issued or made available for issuance. Magma is currently evaluating the effect of the adoption of this guidance on Magma’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment (“ASU 2017-04”). ASU 2017-04 simplifies the subsequent

 

F-65


Table of Contents

measurement of goodwill by eliminating Step 2 from the goodwill impairment testing. An entity will no longer determine goodwill impairment by calculating the implied fair value of goodwill by assigning the fair value of a reporting unit to all of its assets and liabilities as if that reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Instead, an entity should perform its annual, or interim, goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount and recognize an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value. The loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. ASU 2017-04 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. Magma expects that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or disclosures.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting (“ASU 2017-09”), which provides guidance about which changes to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award require an entity to apply modification accounting in ASC Topic 718. Under the new guidance, modification accounting is required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability) changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 will be effective for Magma for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018 and interim reporting periods within that year. Early adoption is permitted. Magma expects the adoption of this guidance will not have a material effect on Magma’s financial statements or footnotes.

Subsequent Events

Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date, but before the financial statements are issued. Magma recognizes in the financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the financial statements. Magma’s financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about the conditions that did not exist at the date of the balance sheet, but arise after the balance sheet date and before the financial statements are available to be issued.

Magma has evaluated subsequent events through November 9, 2017, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

NOTE 2 – ACQUISITION

On July 15, 2016, One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS”) acquired 100% of the outstanding common shares of Magma from Magma’s former stockholder.

OSS issued 1,263,749 shares of its common stock to Magma’s stockholder for 100% of Magma’s outstanding shares. The fair value assigned to the shares of common stock from OSS was $1,756,611, as determined by our board of directors. In determining the fair value assigned to the Magma transaction, our board of directors considered factors including recent third-party valuation reports of OSS’ common stock and estimates of discounts for a lack of marketability related to OSS’ common stock to the extent not considered in third-party valuation reports.

Subsequent to July 15, 2016, the financial statements of Magma are included in the consolidated financial statements of OSS.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

NOTE 3 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Major classes of property and equipment consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
   December 31,
2015
 

Computer equipment and software

   3 - 5    $ 372,688  

Manufacturing equipment

   7      601,439  

Furniture and fixtures

   5 - 7      59,321  
     

 

 

 
        1,033,448  

Less: accumulated depreciation

        (846,667
     

 

 

 
      $ 186,781  
     

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for property and equipment was $43,077 for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and $90,138 for the year ended December 31, 2015.

NOTE 4 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
     December 31,
2015
 

Patents

     10 – 20      $ 69,584  

Less: accumulated amortization

        (52,988
     

 

 

 
      $ 16,596  
     

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $13,837 and $8,769, respectively. Based on the unamortized intangible assets net value at December 31, 2015, amortization expense expected to be recorded in the future is as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 15,596  

2017

     1,000  
  

 

 

 
   $ 16,596  
  

 

 

 

In May 2016, Magma entered into a Patent Purchase Agreement and sold four issued patents and one pending patent in exchange for cash of $500,000.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTE 5 – ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Accrued payroll

   $ 159,101  

Accrued vacation

     176,211  

Other liabilities

     384,708  

Accrued sales tax

     854  
  

 

 

 
   $ 720,874  
  

 

 

 

NOTE 6 – NOTES PAYABLE AND LINE OF CREDIT

 

     December 31,
2015
 

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $12,500 plus interest at the prime rate plus 1.25 percent, which was 4.75 percent at December 31, 2015, due June 5, 2019

   $ 512,500  

Note payable to financial institution, secured by Company assets, guaranteed by the stockholder, payable in monthly installments of $1,153 at 6.0 percent, due January 31, 2017

     15,223  
  

 

 

 
     527,723  

Less: current maturities

     (150,782
  

 

 

 
   $ 376,941  
  

 

 

 

Interest expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $56,977 and $84,408, respectively.

Annual principal payments under the above mentioned long-term debt instruments follow:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 163,282  

2017

     151,941  

2018

     150,000  

2019

     62,500  
  

 

 

 
   $ 527,723  
  

 

 

 

On June 5, 2015, Magma entered into a line of credit agreement with a financial institution. The line of credit has a limit of $2,000,000 and bears interest at the prime rate plus a 1.00 percent margin. As of December 31, 2015, the applicable interest rate was 4.50 percent, and the outstanding balance was $950,335. The line of credit is payable at the demand of the financial institution. The line of credit is also subject to certain financial covenants which Magma did not meet. Magma has not obtained a waiver from the financial institution, as such, is in breach of the line of credit agreement and is not able to make additional draws. In connection with the acquisition described in Note 2, the notes payable and line of credit were repaid in full.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTE 7 – CONCENTRATIONS

As of July 15, 2016 and December 31, 2015 one customer accounted for 13% and 11%, respectively of Magma’s gross accounts receivable. No customer accounted for more than 10% of Magma’s total revenue during the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016, and during the year ended December 31, 2015.

Magma rented its facility under an operating lease with an unrelated party. The six-year lease was amended on September 28, 2012 to extend the lease term to August 31, 2015. On May 12, 2015, it was amended again to extend the term through August 31, 2018. The monthly base rent was $14,947, with an annual increase of 3%. Future minimum lease payments under this agreement are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,       

2016

   $ 192,684  

2017

     198,464  

2018

     134,928  
  

 

 

 
   $ 526,076  
  

 

 

 

Rent expense for the period from January 1, through July 15, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 was $111,286 and $190,448, respectively.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Steve cooper President, ceo & chairman 37 years’ experience running high-technology, high-growth businesses as a technologist, with a long record of technical innovations, including multiple patents and awards. John Morrison Chief financial officer 30 years’ experience in public accounting, and all aspects of financial reporting and financing. Began career with 15 years at PricewaterhouseCoopers in both the U.S. and Asia.

 


Table of Contents

Until                     , 2018 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

                     Shares

 

 

LOGO

 

One Stop Systems, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Roth Capital Partners

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the Nasdaq exchange listing fee.

 

Item    Amount to be
paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 3,112.50  

FINRA filing fee

   $ 3,500  

Nasdaq exchange listing fee

     *  

Printing and engraving expenses

     *  

Legal fees and expenses

     *  

Accounting fees and expenses

     *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *  

Miscellaneous expenses

     *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $         *  
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We plan to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement. As permitted by Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, we plan to adopt provisions in our certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission. Our certificate of incorporation also authorizes us to indemnify our officers, directors and other agents to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law.

As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws provide that:

 

    we may indemnify our directors, officers, and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    we may advance expenses to our directors, officers and employees in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights provided in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

Our certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of the offering of our common stock pursuant to this registration statement, will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued the following unregistered securities:

Warrants

In November 2014, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 32,895 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $0.76 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000.20.

In July 2016, the Registrant has issued and sold warrants to purchase an aggregate of 62,759 shares of its common stock to 3 accredited investors at an exercise price of $1.78 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $120,000.48.

Option and Common Stock Issuances

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 419,364 shares of its common stock under its 2011 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price ranging from $0.46 to $0.80 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant granted to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 710,000 shares of its common stock under its 2015 Stock Option Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.08 to $1.95 per share.

Since July 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 224,801 shares of its common stock to its directors, officers, employees, consultants and other service providers pursuant to the exercise of options to purchase shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.50 to $1.00, for an aggregate exercise price of $162,960.87.

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The Registrant believes the offers, sales and issuances of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transactions were pursuant to compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

The Registrant has filed the exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index of this Registration Statement.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(5) For the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(c) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or

 

II-4


Table of Contents

controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) that, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(d) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1*    Merger Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among One Stop Systems, Inc., Mission Technology Group, Inc. and Randy Jones, dated as of July 6, 2016
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.2*    Form of Certificate of Incorporation of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
3.3    Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., as currently in effect.
3.4*    Form of Bylaws of One Stop Systems, Inc., to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
4.1*    Form of Common Stock Certificate of One Stop Systems, Inc.
4.2    Second Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated January 2007.
4.3    Common Shareholder Piggyback Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 15, 2016.
4.4*    Form of Warrant to be issued to Roth Capital Partners, LLC in connection with this offering.
4.5    Form of Common Stock Warrant issued to investors in connection with note financings.
5.1*    Opinion of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP.
10.1+*    Form of Indemnification Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.3+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2011 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.4+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2015 Stock Option Plan and related form agreements.
10.5+    One Stop Systems, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.
10.6+    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Steve Cooper, dated October 1, 2017.
10.7+    Executive Employment Agreement between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Jim Ison, dated October 1, 2017.
10.8*    Business Loan Agreement and Promissory Note, dated May 6, 2015 by and between One Stop Systems, Inc. and Bank of the West, as amended.
10.9*    Lease Agreement dated February 1, 2007, as amended.
10.10    Contribution Agreement for SkyScale, LLC by and between Jacoma Investments, LLC and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of April 11, 2017.
10.11*    Technology Source Code License Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of May 9, 2017.
10.12*    Services Agreement by and between Western Digital Technologies, Inc. and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of July 1, 2017.
10.13*    Original Equipment Manufacturing and Supply Agreement by and between disguise (formerly d3 Technologies) and One Stop Systems, Inc., dated as of October 1, 2015.
21.1    List of subsidiaries of One Stop Systems, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2    Consent of Haskell & White LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.3*    Consent of Procopio, Cory, Hargreaves & Savitch LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see the signature page to this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be submitted by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Escondido, State of California, on December 18, 2017.

 

ONE STOP SYSTEMS, INC.

By:  

/s/ Steve Cooper

  Steve Cooper
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steve Cooper, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933 increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact, proxy, and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, proxy and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Steve Cooper

Steve Cooper

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

  December 18, 2017

/s/ John W. Morrison, Jr.

John W. Morrison, Jr.

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

  December 18, 2017

/s/ William Carpenter

William Carpenter

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ Kenneth Potashner

Kenneth Potashner

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ John Reardon

John Reardon

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ Randy Jones

Randy Jones

   Director   December 18, 2017

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Jack Harrison

Jack Harrison

   Director   December 18, 2017

/s/ David Raun

David Raun

   Director   December 18, 2017

 

II-8